INFO-DIR-SECTION Administration
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Am-utils: (am-utils).          The Amd automounter suite of utilities
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top,  Next: License,  Up: (DIR)

   Am-utils (4.4BSD Automounter Utilities) User Manual
For version 6.2, 30 October 2014

   Erez Zadok
(Originally by Jan-Simon Pendry and Nick Williams)

   Copyright (C) 1997-2014 Erez Zadok
Copyright (C) 1989 Jan-Simon Pendry
Copyright (C) 1989 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
Copyright (C) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
All Rights Reserved.

   Permission to copy this document, or any portion of it, as necessary
for use of this software is granted provided this copyright notice and
statement of permission are included.

   Am-utils is the 4.4BSD Automounter Tool Suite, which includes the Amd
automounter, the Amq query and control program, the Hlfsd daemon, and
other tools.  This Info file describes how to use and understand the
tools within Am-utils.

* Menu:

* License::                  Explains the terms and conditions for using
                             and distributing Am-utils.
* Distrib::                  How to get the latest Am-utils distribution.
* AddInfo::                  How to get additional information.
* Intro::                    An introduction to Automounting concepts.
* History::                  History of am-utils' development.
* Overview::                 An overview of Amd.
* Supported Platforms::      Machines and Systems supported by Amd.
* Mount Maps::               Details of mount maps.
* Amd Command Line Options:: All the Amd command line options explained.
* Filesystem Types::         The different mount types supported by Amd.
* Amd Configuration File::   The amd.conf file syntax and meaning.
* Run-time Administration::  How to start, stop and control Amd.
* FSinfo::                   The FSinfo filesystem management tool.
* Hlfsd::                    The Home-Link Filesystem server.
* Assorted Tools::           Other tools which come with am-utils.
* Examples::                 Some examples showing how Amd might be used.
* Internals::                Implementation details.
* Acknowledgments & Trademarks:: Legal Notes.

Indexes
* Index::                    An item for each concept.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: License,  Next: Distrib,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

License
*******

Am-utils is not in the public domain; it is copyrighted and there are
restrictions on its distribution.

   Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:

  1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.

  2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
     notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
     documentation and/or other materials provided with the
     distribution.

  3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its
     contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived
     from this software without specific prior written permission.


   THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Distrib,  Next: AddInfo,  Prev: License,  Up: Top

Source Distribution
*******************

The Am-utils home page is located in
     `http://www.am-utils.org/'

   You can get the latest distribution version of Am-utils from
     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/am-utils.tar.gz'

   Additional alpha, beta, and release distributions are available in
     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/'.

   Revision 5.2 was part of the 4.3BSD Reno distribution.

   Revision 5.3bsdnet, a late alpha version of 5.3, was part of the BSD
network version 2 distribution

   Revision 6.0 was made independently by Erez Zadok at the Computer
Science Department of Columbia University (http://www.cs.columbia.edu/),
as part of his PhD thesis work
(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/zadok-thesis-proposal/).  Am-utils
(especially version 6.1) continues to be developed and maintained at the
Computer Science Department (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/) of Stony Brook
University (http://www.stonybrook.edu/), as a service to the user
community.

   *Note History::, for more details.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: AddInfo,  Next: Intro,  Prev: Distrib,  Up: Top

Getting Additional Information
******************************

Bug Reports
===========

Before reporting a bug, see if it is a known one in the bugs
(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/BUGS.txt) file.

   If you find a problem and hopefully you can reproduce it, please
describe it in detail and submit a bug report
(https://bugzilla.filesystems.org/) via Bugzilla
(http://www.bugzilla.org/).  Alternatively, you can send your bug
report to the "am-utils" list (see `http://www.am-utils.org/' under
"Mailing Lists") quoting the details of the release and your
configuration.  These details can be obtained by running the command
`amd -v'.  It would greatly help if you could provide a reproducible
procedure for detecting the bug you are reporting.

   Providing working patches is highly encouraged.  Every patch
incorporated, however small, will get its author an honorable mention in
the authors file (http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt).

Mailing Lists
=============

There are several mailing lists for people interested in keeping
up-to-date with developments.

  1. The users mailing list, `am-utils' is for

        - announcements of alpha and beta releases of am-utils

        - reporting of bugs and patches

        - discussions of new features for am-utils

        - implementation and porting issues

     To subscribe, visit `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing
     Lists."  After subscribing, you can post a message to this list.
     To avoid as much spam as possible, only subscribers to this list
     may post to it.

     Subscribers of `am-utils' are most helpful if they have the time
     and resources to test new and development versions of amd, on as
     many different platforms as possible.  They should also be
     prepared to learn and use the GNU Autoconf, Automake, and Libtool
     packages, as needed; and of course, become familiar with the
     complex code in the am-utils package.  In other words, subscribers
     on this list should hopefully be able to contribute meaningfully
     to the development of amd.

     Note that this `am-utils' list used to be called `amd-dev' before
     January 1st, 2004.  Please use the new name, `am-utils'.

  2. The announcements mailing list, `am-utils-announce' is for
     announcements only (mostly new releases).  To subscribe, visit
     `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing Lists."  This list is
     read-only: only am-utils developers may post to it.

  3. We distribute nightly CVS snapshots in
     `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/am-utils/snapshots/daily/'.  If you
     like to get email notices of commits to the am-utils CVS
     repository, subscribe to the CVS logs mailing list, `am-utils-cvs'
     at `http://www.am-utils.org/' under "Mailing Lists."

  4. The older list which was used to user discussions, `amd-workers',
     is defunct as of January 2004.  (Its last address was <amd-workers
     AT majordomo.glue.umd.edu>.)  Don't use `amd-workers': use the
     newer, more active `am-utils' list.

  5. For completeness, there's a developers-only closed list called
     `am-utils-developers' (see `http://www.am-utils.org/' under
     "Mailing Lists").


Am-utils Book
=============

Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) wrote a book
(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/amd-book/), titled Linux NFS and
Automounter Administration, ISBN 0-7821-2739-8, (Sybex, 2001).  The
book is full of details and examples that go beyond what this manual
has.  The book also covers NFS in great detail.  Although the book is
geared toward Linux users, it is general enough for any Unix
administrator and contains specific sections for non-Linux systems.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Intro,  Next: History,  Prev: AddInfo,  Up: Top

Introduction
************

An "automounter" maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems
are mounted on demand when they are first referenced, and unmounted
after a period of inactivity.

   Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's automounter.  The choice
of which filesystem to mount can be controlled dynamically with
"selectors".  Selectors allow decisions of the form "hostname is THIS,"
or "architecture is not THAT."  Selectors may be combined arbitrarily.
Amd also supports a variety of filesystem types, including NFS, UFS and
the novel "program" filesystem.  The combination of selectors and
multiple filesystem types allows identical configuration files to be
used on all machines thus reducing the administrative overhead.

   Amd ensures that it will not hang if a remote server goes down.
Moreover, Amd can determine when a remote server has become
inaccessible and then mount replacement filesystems as and when they
become available.

   Amd contains no proprietary source code and has been ported to
numerous flavors of Unix.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: History,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Intro,  Up: Top

History
*******

The Amd package has been without an official maintainer since 1992.
Several people have stepped in to maintain it unofficially.  Most
notable were the `upl' (Unofficial Patch Level) releases of Amd,
created by me (Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk)), and
available from `ftp://ftp.am-utils.org/pub/amd/'.  The last such
unofficial release was `upl102'.

   Through the process of patching and aging, it was becoming more and
more apparent that Amd was in much need of revitalizing.  Maintaining
Amd had become a difficult task.  I took it upon myself to cleanup the
code, so that it would be easier to port to new platforms, add new
features, keep up with the many new feature requests, and deal with the
never ending stream of bug reports.

   I have been working on such a release of Amd on and off since
January of 1996.  The new suite of tools is currently named "am-utils"
(AutoMounter Utilities), in line with GNU naming conventions, befitting
the contents of the package.  In October of 1996 I had received enough
offers to help me with this task that I decided to make a mailing list
for this group of people.  Around the same time, Amd had become a
necessary part of my PhD thesis work, resulting in more work performed
on am-utils.

   Am-utils version 6.0 was numbered with a major new release number to
distinguish it from the last official release of Amd (5.x).  Many new
features have been added such as a GNU `configure' system, NFS Version
3, a run-time configuration file (`amd.conf'), many new ports, more
scripts and programs, as well as numerous bug fixes.  Another reason
for the new major release number was to alert users of am-utils that
user-visible interfaces may have changed.  In order to make Amd work
well for the next 10 years, and be easier to maintain, it was necessary
to remove old or unused features, change various syntax files, etc.
However, great care was taken to ensure the maximum possible backwards
compatibility.

   Am-utils version 6.1 has autofs support for Linux and Solaris 2.5+ as
the major new feature, in addition to several other minor new features.
The autofs support is completely transparent to the end-user, aside
from the fact that `/bin/pwd' now always returns the correct amd-ified
path.  The administrator can easily switch between NFS and autofs
mounts by changing one parameter in `amd.conf'.  Autofs support and
maintenance was developed in conjunction with Ion Badulescu <ionut AT
badula.org>.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Supported Platforms,  Prev: History,  Up: Top

1 Overview
**********

Amd maintains a cache of mounted filesystems.  Filesystems are
"demand-mounted" when they are first referenced, and unmounted after a
period of inactivity.  Amd may be used as a replacement for Sun's
automount(8) program.  It contains no proprietary source code and has
been ported to numerous flavors of Unix.  *Note Supported Platforms::.

   Amd was designed as the basis for experimenting with filesystem
layout and management.  Although Amd has many direct applications it is
loaded with additional features which have little practical use.  At
some point the infrequently used components may be removed to streamline
the production system.

   Amd supports the notion of "replicated" filesystems by evaluating
each member of a list of possible filesystem locations one by one.  Amd
checks that each cached mapping remains valid.  Should a mapping be
lost - such as happens when a fileserver goes down - Amd automatically
selects a replacement should one be available.

* Menu:

* Fundamentals::
* Filesystems and Volumes::
* Volume Naming::
* Volume Binding::
* Operational Principles::
* Mounting a Volume::
* Automatic Unmounting::
* Keep-alives::
* Non-blocking Operation::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Fundamentals,  Next: Filesystems and Volumes,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Overview

1.1 Fundamentals
================

The fundamental concept behind Amd is the ability to separate the name
used to refer to a file from the name used to refer to its physical
storage location.  This allows the same files to be accessed with the
same name regardless of where in the network the name is used.  This is
very different from placing `/n/hostname' in front of the pathname
since that includes location dependent information which may change if
files are moved to another machine.

   By placing the required mappings in a centrally administered
database, filesystems can be re-organized without requiring changes to
configuration files, shell scripts and so on.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystems and Volumes,  Next: Volume Naming,  Prev: Fundamentals,  Up: Overview

1.2 Filesystems and Volumes
===========================

Amd views the world as a set of fileservers, each containing one or
more filesystems where each filesystem contains one or more "volumes".
Here the term "volume" is used to refer to a coherent set of files such
as a user's home directory or a TeX distribution.

   In order to access the contents of a volume, Amd must be told in
which filesystem the volume resides and which host owns the filesystem.
By default the host is assumed to be local and the volume is assumed to
be the entire filesystem.  If a filesystem contains more than one
volume, then a "sublink" is used to refer to the sub-directory within
the filesystem where the volume can be found.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Naming,  Next: Volume Binding,  Prev: Filesystems and Volumes,  Up: Overview

1.3 Volume Naming
=================

Volume names are defined to be unique across the entire network.  A
volume name is the pathname to the volume's root as known by the users
of that volume.  Since this name uniquely identifies the volume
contents, all volumes can be named and accessed from each host, subject
to administrative controls.

   Volumes may be replicated or duplicated.  Replicated volumes contain
identical copies of the same data and reside at two or more locations in
the network.  Each of the replicated volumes can be used
interchangeably.  Duplicated volumes each have the same name but contain
different, though functionally identical, data.  For example,
`/vol/tex' might be the name of a TeX distribution which varied for
each machine architecture.

   Amd provides facilities to take advantage of both replicated and
duplicated volumes.  Configuration options allow a single set of
configuration data to be shared across an entire network by taking
advantage of replicated and duplicated volumes.

   Amd can take advantage of replacement volumes by mounting them as
required should an active fileserver become unavailable.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Volume Binding,  Next: Operational Principles,  Prev: Volume Naming,  Up: Overview

1.4 Volume Binding
==================

Unix implements a namespace of hierarchically mounted filesystems.  Two
forms of binding between names and files are provided.  A "hard link"
completes the binding when the name is added to the filesystem.  A
"soft link" delays the binding until the name is accessed.  An
"automounter" adds a further form in which the binding of name to
filesystem is delayed until the name is accessed.

   The target volume, in its general form, is a tuple (host, filesystem,
sublink) which can be used to name the physical location of any volume
in the network.

   When a target is referenced, Amd ignores the sublink element and
determines whether the required filesystem is already mounted.  This is
done by computing the local mount point for the filesystem and checking
for an existing filesystem mounted at the same place.  If such a
filesystem already exists then it is assumed to be functionally
identical to the target filesystem.  By default there is a one-to-one
mapping between the pair (host, filesystem) and the local mount point so
this assumption is valid.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Operational Principles,  Next: Mounting a Volume,  Prev: Volume Binding,  Up: Overview

1.5 Operational Principles
==========================

Amd operates by introducing new mount points into the namespace.  These
are called "automount" points.  The kernel sees these automount points
as NFS filesystems being served by Amd.  Having attached itself to the
namespace, Amd is now able to control the view the rest of the system
has of those mount points.  RPC calls are received from the kernel one
at a time.

   When a "lookup" call is received Amd checks whether the name is
already known.  If it is not, the required volume is mounted.  A
symbolic link pointing to the volume root is then returned.  Once the
symbolic link is returned, the kernel will send all other requests
direct to the mounted filesystem.

   If a volume is not yet mounted, Amd consults a configuration
"mount-map" corresponding to the automount point.  Amd then makes a
runtime decision on what and where to mount a filesystem based on the
information obtained from the map.

   Amd does not implement all the NFS requests; only those relevant to
name binding such as "lookup", "readlink" and "readdir".  Some other
calls are also implemented but most simply return an error code; for
example "mkdir" always returns "read-only filesystem".


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mounting a Volume,  Next: Automatic Unmounting,  Prev: Operational Principles,  Up: Overview

1.6 Mounting a Volume
=====================

Each automount point has a corresponding mount map.  The mount map
contains a list of key-value pairs.  The key is the name of the volume
to be mounted.  The value is a list of locations describing where the
filesystem is stored in the network.  In the source for the map the
value would look like

     location1  location2  ...  locationN

   Amd examines each location in turn.  Each location may contain
"selectors" which control whether Amd can use that location.  For
example, the location may be restricted to use by certain hosts.  Those
locations which cannot be used are ignored.

   Amd attempts to mount the filesystem described by each remaining
location until a mount succeeds or Amd can no longer proceed.  The
latter can occur in three ways:

   * If none of the locations could be used, or if all of the locations
     caused an error, then the last error is returned.

   * If a location could be used but was being mounted in the
     background then Amd marks that mount as being "in progress" and
     continues with the next request; no reply is sent to the kernel.

   * Lastly, one or more of the mounts may have been "deferred".  A
     mount is deferred if extra information is required before the
     mount can proceed.  When the information becomes available the
     mount will take place, but in the mean time no reply is sent to
     the kernel.  If the mount is deferred, Amd continues to try any
     remaining locations.

   Once a volume has been mounted, Amd establishes a "volume mapping"
which is used to satisfy subsequent requests.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automatic Unmounting,  Next: Keep-alives,  Prev: Mounting a Volume,  Up: Overview

1.7 Automatic Unmounting
========================

To avoid an ever increasing number of filesystem mounts, Amd removes
volume mappings which have not been used recently.  A time-to-live
interval is associated with each mapping and when that expires the
mapping is removed.  When the last reference to a filesystem is removed,
that filesystem is unmounted.  If the unmount fails, for example the
filesystem is still busy, the mapping is re-instated and its
time-to-live interval is extended.  The global default for this grace
period is controlled by the `-w' command-line option (*note -w: -w
Option.) or the amd.conf parameter `dismount_interval' (*note
dismount_interval Parameter::).  It is also possible to set this value
on a per-mount basis (*note opts: opts Option.).

   Filesystems can be forcefully timed out using the Amq command.
*Note Run-time Administration::.  Note that on new enough systems that
support forced unmounts, such as Linux, Amd can try to use the
umount2(2) system call to force the unmount, if the regular umount(2)
system call failed in a way that indicates that the mount point is hung
or stale.  *Note forced_unmounts Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Keep-alives,  Next: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Automatic Unmounting,  Up: Overview

1.8 Keep-alives
===============

Use of some filesystem types requires the presence of a server on
another machine.  If a machine crashes then it is of no concern to
processes on that machine that the filesystem is unavailable.  However,
to processes on a remote host using that machine as a fileserver this
event is important.  This situation is most widely recognized when an
NFS server crashes and the behavior observed on client machines is that
more and more processes hang.  In order to provide the possibility of
recovery, Amd implements a "keep-alive" interval timer for some
filesystem types.  Currently only NFS makes use of this service.

   The basis of the NFS keep-alive implementation is the observation
that most sites maintain replicated copies of common system data such as
manual pages, most or all programs, system source code and so on.  If
one of those servers goes down it would be reasonable to mount one of
the others as a replacement.

   The first part of the process is to keep track of which fileservers
are up and which are down.  Amd does this by sending RPC requests to the
servers' NFS `NullProc' and checking whether a reply is returned.
While the server state is uncertain the requests are re-transmitted at
three second intervals and if no reply is received after four attempts
the server is marked down.  If a reply is received the fileserver is
marked up and stays in that state for 30 seconds at which time another
NFS ping is sent.  This interval is configurable and can even be turned
off using the ping option.  *Note opts Option::.

   Once a fileserver is marked down, requests continue to be sent every
30 seconds in order to determine when the fileserver comes back up.
During this time any reference through Amd to the filesystems on that
server fail with the error "Operation would block".  If a replacement
volume is available then it will be mounted, otherwise the error is
returned to the user.

   Although this action does not protect user files, which are unique on
the network, or processes which do not access files via Amd or already
have open files on the hung filesystem, it can prevent most new
processes from hanging.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Non-blocking Operation,  Prev: Keep-alives,  Up: Overview

1.9 Non-blocking Operation
==========================

Since there is only one instance of Amd for each automount point, and
usually only one instance on each machine, it is important that it is
always available to service kernel calls.  Amd goes to great lengths to
ensure that it does not block in a system call.  As a last resort Amd
will fork before it attempts a system call that may block indefinitely,
such as mounting an NFS filesystem.  Other tasks such as obtaining
filehandle information for an NFS filesystem, are done using a purpose
built non-blocking RPC library which is integrated with Amd's task
scheduler.  This library is also used to implement NFS keep-alives
(*note Keep-alives::).

   Whenever a mount is deferred or backgrounded, Amd must wait for it
to complete before replying to the kernel.  However, this would cause
Amd to block waiting for a reply to be constructed.  Rather than do
this, Amd simply "drops" the call under the assumption that the kernel
RPC mechanism will automatically retry the request.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Supported Platforms,  Next: Mount Maps,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top

2 Supported Platforms
*********************

Am-utils has been ported to a wide variety of machines and operating
systems.  Am-utils's code works for little-endian and big-endian
machines, as well as 32 bit and 64 bit architectures.  Furthermore, when
Am-utils ports to an Operating System on one architecture, it is
generally readily portable to the same Operating System on all
platforms on which it is available.

   See the `INSTALL' in the distribution for more specific details on
building and/or configuring for some systems.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Mount Maps,  Next: Amd Command Line Options,  Prev: Supported Platforms,  Up: Top

3 Mount Maps
************

Amd has no built-in knowledge of machines or filesystems.  External
"mount-maps" are used to provide the required information.
Specifically, Amd needs to know when and under what conditions it
should mount filesystems.

   The map entry corresponding to the requested name contains a list of
possible locations from which to resolve the request.  Each location
specifies filesystem type, information required by that filesystem (for
example the block special device in the case of UFS), and some
information describing where to mount the filesystem (*note fs
Option::).  A location may also contain "selectors" (*note Selectors::).

* Menu:

* Map Types::
* Key Lookup::
* Location Format::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Types,  Next: Key Lookup,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Mount Maps

3.1 Map Types
=============

A mount-map provides the run-time configuration information to Amd.
Maps can be implemented in many ways.  Some of the forms supported by
Amd are regular files, ndbm databases, NIS maps, the "Hesiod" name
server, and even the password file.

   A mount-map "name" is a sequence of characters.  When an automount
point is created a handle on the mount-map is obtained.  For each map
type configured, Amd attempts to reference the map of the appropriate
type.  If a map is found, Amd notes the type for future use and deletes
the reference, for example closing any open file descriptors.  The
available maps are configured when Amd is built and can be displayed by
running the command `amd -v'.

   When using an Amd configuration file (*note Amd Configuration File::)
and the keyword `map_type' (*note map_type Parameter::), you may force
the map used to any type.

   By default, Amd caches data in a mode dependent on the type of map.
This is the same as specifying `cache:=mapdefault' and selects a
suitable default cache mode depending on the map type.  The individual
defaults are described below.  The CACHE option can be specified on
automount points to alter the caching behavior (*note Automount
Filesystem::).

   The following map types have been implemented, though some are not
available on all machines.  Run the command `amd -v' to obtain a list
of map types configured on your machine.

* Menu:

* File maps::
* ndbm maps::
* NIS maps::
* NIS+ maps::
* Hesiod maps::
* Password maps::
* Union maps::
* LDAP maps::
* Executable maps::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: File maps,  Next: ndbm maps,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Map Types

3.1.1 File maps
---------------

When Amd searches a file for a map entry it does a simple scan of the
file and supports both comments and continuation lines.

   Continuation lines are indicated by a backslash character (`\') as
the last character of a line in the file.  The backslash, newline
character _and any leading white space on the following line_ are
discarded.  A maximum line length of 2047 characters is enforced after
continuation lines are read but before comments are stripped.  Each
line must end with a newline character; that is newlines are
terminators, not separators.  The following examples illustrate this:

     key     valA   valB;   \
               valC

   specifies _three_ locations, and is identical to

     key     valA   valB;   valC

   However,

     key     valA   valB;\
               valC

   specifies only _two_ locations, and is identical to

     key     valA   valB;valC

   After a complete line has been read from the file, including
continuations, Amd determines whether there is a comment on the line.
A comment begins with a hash ("`#'") character and continues to the end
of the line.  There is no way to escape or change the comment lead-in
character.

   Note that continuation lines and comment support "only" apply to
file maps, or ndbm maps built with the `mk-amd-map' program.

   When caching is enabled, file maps have a default cache mode of
`all' (*note Automount Filesystem::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ndbm maps,  Next: NIS maps,  Prev: File maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.2 ndbm maps
---------------

An ndbm map may be used as a fast access form of a file map.  The
program, `mk-amd-map', converts a normal map file into an ndbm database.
This program supports the same continuation and comment conventions that
are provided for file maps.  Note that ndbm format files may _not_ be
sharable across machine architectures.  The notion of speed generally
only applies to large maps; a small map, less than a single disk block,
is almost certainly better implemented as a file map.

   ndbm maps have a default cache mode of `all' (*note Automount
Filesystem::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS maps,  Next: NIS+ maps,  Prev: ndbm maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.3 NIS maps
--------------

When using NIS (formerly YP), an Amd map is implemented directly by the
underlying NIS map.  Comments and continuation lines are _not_
supported in the automounter and must be stripped when constructing the
NIS server's database.

   NIS maps have a default cache mode of `all' (*note Automount
Filesystem::).

   The following rule illustrates what could be added to your NIS
`Makefile', in this case causing the `amd.home' map to be rebuilt:
     $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time: $(ETCDIR)/amd.home
         -@sed -e "s/#.*$$//" -e "/^$$/d" $(ETCDIR)/amd.home | \
           awk '{  \
              for (i = 1; i <= NF; i++) \
                  if (i == NF) { \
                  if (substr($$i, length($$i), 1) == "\\") \
                      printf("%s", substr($$i, 1, length($$i) - 1)); \
                  else \
                      printf("%s\n", $$i); \
                  } \
                  else \
                  printf("%s ", $$i); \
              }' | \
         $(MAKEDBM) - $(YPDBDIR)/amd.home; \
         touch $(YPTSDIR)/amd.home.time; \
         echo "updated amd.home"; \
         if [ ! $(NOPUSH) ]; then \
             $(YPPUSH) amd.home; \
             echo "pushed amd.home"; \
         else \
             : ; \
         fi

   Here `$(YPTSDIR)' contains the time stamp files, and `$(YPDBDIR)'
contains the dbm format NIS files.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: NIS+ maps,  Next: Hesiod maps,  Prev: NIS maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.4 NIS+ maps
---------------

NIS+ maps do not support cache mode `all' and, when caching is enabled,
have a default cache mode of `inc'.

   XXX: FILL IN WITH AN EXAMPLE.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hesiod maps,  Next: Password maps,  Prev: NIS+ maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.5 Hesiod maps
-----------------

When the map name begins with the string `hesiod.' lookups are made
using the "Hesiod" name server.  The string following the dot is used
as a name qualifier and is prepended with the key being located.  The
entire string is then resolved in the `automount' context, or the
amd.conf parameter `hesiod_base' (*note hesiod_base Parameter::).  For
example, if the key is `jsp' and map name is `hesiod.homes' then
"Hesiod" is asked to resolve `jsp.homes.automount'.

   Hesiod maps do not support cache mode `all' and, when caching is
enabled, have a default cache mode of `inc' (*note Automount
Filesystem::).

   The following is an example of a "Hesiod" map entry:

     jsp.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/charm;rhost:=charm;sublink:=jsp"
     njw.homes.automount HS TXT "rfs:=/home/dylan/dk2;rhost:=dylan;sublink:=njw"


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Password maps,  Next: Union maps,  Prev: Hesiod maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.6 Password maps
-------------------

The password map support is unlike the four previous map types.  When
the map name is the string `/etc/passwd' Amd can lookup a user name in
the password file and re-arrange the home directory field to produce a
usable map entry.

   Amd assumes the home directory has the format
`/anydir/dom1/../domN/login'.  It breaks this string into a map entry
where `${rfs}' has the value `/anydir/domN', `${rhost}' has the value
`domN.....dom1', and `${sublink}' has the value login.

   Thus if the password file entry was

     /home/achilles/jsp

   the map entry used by Amd would be

     rfs:=/home/achilles;rhost:=achilles;sublink:=jsp

   Similarly, if the password file entry was

     /home/cc/sugar/mjh

   the map entry used by Amd would be

     rfs:=/home/sugar;rhost:=sugar.cc;sublink:=mhj


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union maps,  Next: LDAP maps,  Prev: Password maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.7 Union maps
----------------

The union map support is provided specifically for use with the union
filesystem, *note Union Filesystem::.

   It is identified by the string `union:' which is followed by a colon
separated list of directories.  The directories are read in order, and
the names of all entries are recorded in the map cache.  Later
directories take precedence over earlier ones.  The union filesystem
type then uses the map cache to determine the union of the names in all
the directories.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: LDAP maps,  Next: Executable maps,  Prev: Union maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.8 LDAP maps
---------------

LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) maps do not support cache
mode `all' and, when caching is enabled, have a default cache mode of
`inc'.

   For example, an Amd map `amd.home' that looks as follows:

     /defaults    opts:=rw,intr;type:=link

     zing         -rhost:=shekel \
                  host==shekel \
                  host!=shekel;type:=nfs
   when converted to LDAP (*note amd2ldif::), will result in the
following LDAP database:
     $ amd2ldif amd.home CUCS < amd.home
     dn: cn=amdmap timestamp, CUCS
     cn             : amdmap timestamp
     objectClass    : amdmapTimestamp
     amdmapTimestamp: 873071363

     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[/defaults], CUCS
     cn          : amdmap amd.home[/defaults]
     objectClass : amdmap
     amdmapName  : amd.home
     amdmapKey   : /defaults
     amdmapValue : opts:=rw,intr;type:=link

     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[], CUCS
     cn          : amdmap amd.home[]
     objectClass : amdmap
     amdmapName  : amd.home
     amdmapKey   :
     amdmapValue :

     dn: cn=amdmap amd.home[zing], CUCS
     cn          : amdmap amd.home[zing]
     objectClass : amdmap
     amdmapName  : amd.home
     amdmapKey   : zing
     amdmapValue : -rhost:=shekel host==shekel host!=shekel;type:=nfs


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Executable maps,  Prev: LDAP maps,  Up: Map Types

3.1.9 Executable maps
---------------------

An executable map is a dynamic map in which the keys and values for the
maps are generated on the fly by a program or script.  The program is
expected to take a single parameter argument which is the key to
lookup.  If the key is found, the program should print on stdout the
key-value pair that were found; if the key was not found, nothing
should be printed out.  Below is an sample of such a map script:

     #!/bin/sh
     # executable map example
     case "$1" in
         "/defaults" )
     	echo "/defaults   type:=nfs;rfs:=filer"
     	;;
         "a" )
     	echo "a   type:=nfs;fs:=/tmp"
     	;;
         "b" )
     	echo "b   type:=link;fs:=/usr/local"
     	;;
         * )  # no match, echo nothing
     	;;
     esac

   *Note exec_map_timeout Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Key Lookup,  Next: Location Format,  Prev: Map Types,  Up: Mount Maps

3.2 How keys are looked up
==========================

The key is located in the map whose type was determined when the
automount point was first created.  In general the key is a pathname
component.  In some circumstances this may be modified by variable
expansion (*note Variable Expansion::) and prefixing.  If the automount
point has a prefix, specified by the PREF option, then that is
prepended to the search key before the map is searched.

   If the map cache is a `regexp' cache then the key is treated as an
egrep-style regular expression, otherwise a normal string comparison is
made.

   If the key cannot be found then a "wildcard" match is attempted.
Amd repeatedly strips the basename from the key, appends `/*' and
attempts a lookup.  Finally, Amd attempts to locate the special key `*'.

   For example, the following sequence would be checked if
`home/dylan/dk2' was being located:

        home/dylan/dk2
        home/dylan/*
        home/*
        *

   At any point when a wildcard is found, Amd proceeds as if an exact
match had been found and the value field is then used to resolve the
mount request, otherwise an error code is propagated back to the kernel.
(*note Filesystem Types::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Location Format,  Prev: Key Lookup,  Up: Mount Maps

3.3 Location Format
===================

The value field from the lookup provides the information required to
mount a filesystem.  The information is parsed according to the syntax
shown below.

     location-list:
                       location-selection
                       location-list white-space || white-space location-selection
     location-selection:
                       location
                       location-selection white-space location
     location:
                       location-info
                       -location-info
                       -
     location-info:
                       sel-or-opt
                       location-info;sel-or-opt
                       ;
     sel-or-opt:
                       selection
                       opt-ass
     selection:
                       selector==value
                       selector!=value
     opt-ass:
                       option:=value
     white-space:
                       space
                       tab

   Note that unquoted whitespace is not allowed in a location
description.  White space is only allowed, and is mandatory, where
shown with non-terminal white-space.

   A "location-selection" is a list of possible volumes with which to
satisfy the request.  Each "location-selection" is tried sequentially,
until either one succeeds or all fail.  This, by the way, is different
from the historically documented behavior, which claimed (falsely, at
least for last 3 years) that Amd would attempt to mount all
"location-selection"s in parallel and the first one to succeed would be
used.

   "location-selection"s are optionally separated by the `||' operator.
The effect of this operator is to prevent use of location-selections
to its right if any of the location-selections on its left were
selected, whether or not any of them were successfully mounted (*note
Selectors::).

   The location-selection, and singleton "location-list",
`type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd1g' would inform Amd to mount a UFS filesystem
from the block special device `/dev/xd1g'.

   The "sel-or-opt" component is either the name of an option required
by a specific filesystem, or it is the name of a built-in, predefined
selector such as the architecture type.  The value may be quoted with
double quotes `"', for example `type:="ufs";dev:="/dev/xd1g"'.  These
quotes are stripped when the value is parsed and there is no way to get
a double quote into a value field.  Double quotes are used to get white
space into a value field, which is needed for the program filesystem
(*note Program Filesystem::).

* Menu:

* Map Defaults::
* Variable Expansion::
* Selectors::
* Map Options::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Defaults,  Next: Variable Expansion,  Prev: Location Format,  Up: Location Format

3.3.1 Map Defaults
------------------

A location beginning with a dash `-' is used to specify default values
for subsequent locations.  Any previously specified defaults in the
location-list are discarded.  The default string can be empty in which
case no defaults apply.

   The location `-fs:=/mnt;opts:=ro' would set the local mount point to
`/mnt' and cause mounts to be read-only by default.  Defaults specified
this way are appended to, and so override, any global map defaults
given with `/defaults').


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Variable Expansion,  Next: Selectors,  Prev: Map Defaults,  Up: Location Format

3.3.2 Variable Expansion
------------------------

To allow generic location specifications Amd does variable expansion on
each location and also on some of the option strings.  Any option or
selector appearing in the form `$"var"' is replaced by the current
value of that option or selector.  For example, if the value of
`${key}' was `bin', `${autodir}' was `/a' and `${fs}' was
`${autodir}/local/${key}' then after expansion `${fs}' would have the
value `/a/local/bin'.  Any environment variable can be accessed in a
similar way.

   Two pathname operators are available when expanding a variable.  If
the variable name begins with `/' then only the last component of the
pathname is substituted.  For example, if `${path}' was `/foo/bar' then
`${/path}' would be expanded to `bar'.  Similarly, if the variable name
ends with `/' then all but the last component of the pathname is
substituted.  In the previous example, `${path/}' would be expanded to
`/foo'.

   Two domain name operators are also provided.  If the variable name
begins with `.' then only the domain part of the name is substituted.
For example, if `${rhost}' was `swan.doc.ic.ac.uk' then `${.rhost}'
would be expanded to `doc.ic.ac.uk'.  Similarly, if the variable name
ends with `.' then only the host component is substituted.  In the
previous example, `${rhost.}' would be expanded to `swan'.

   Variable expansion is a two phase process.  Before a location is
parsed, all references to selectors, eg `${path}', are expanded.  The
location is then parsed, selections are evaluated and option assignments
recorded.  If there were no selections or they all succeeded the
location is used and the values of the following options are expanded in
the order given: SUBLINK, RFS, FS, OPTS, REMOPTS, MOUNT and UNMOUNT.

   Note that expansion of option values is done after "all" assignments
have been completed and not in a purely left to right order as is done
by the shell.  This generally has the desired effect but care must be
taken if one of the options references another, in which case the
ordering can become significant.

   There are two special cases concerning variable expansion:

  1. before a map is consulted, any selectors in the name received from
     the kernel are expanded.  For example, if the request from the
     kernel was for `${arch}.bin' and the machine architecture was
     `vax', the value given to `${key}' would be `vax.bin'.

  2. the value of `${rhost}' is expanded and normalized before the
     other options are expanded.  The normalization process strips any
     local sub-domain components.  For example, if `${domain}' was
     `Berkeley.EDU' and `${rhost}' was initially `snow.Berkeley.EDU',
     after the normalization it would simply be `snow'.  Hostname
     normalization is currently done in a _case-dependent_ manner.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Selectors,  Next: Map Options,  Prev: Variable Expansion,  Up: Location Format

3.3.3 Selectors
---------------

Selectors are used to control the use of a location.  It is possible to
share a mount map between many machines in such a way that filesystem
location, architecture and operating system differences are hidden from
the users.  A selector of the form `arch==sun3;os==sunos4' would only
apply on Sun-3s running SunOS 4.x.

   Selectors can be negated by using `!=' instead of `=='.  For example
to select a location on all non-Vax machines the selector `arch!=vax'
would be used.

   Selectors are evaluated left to right.  If a selector fails then that
location is ignored.  Thus the selectors form a conjunction and the
locations form a disjunction.  If all the locations are ignored or
otherwise fail then Amd uses the "error" filesystem (*note Error
Filesystem::).  This is equivalent to having a location `type:=error'
at the end of each mount-map entry.

   The default value of many of the selectors listed here can be
overridden by an Amd command line switch or in an Amd configuration
file.  *Note Amd Configuration File::.

   The following selectors are currently implemented.

* Menu:

* arch Selector Variable::
* autodir Selector Variable::
* byte Selector Variable::
* cluster Selector Variable::
* domain Selector Variable::
* dollar Selector Variable::
* host Selector Variable::
* hostd Selector Variable::
* karch Selector Variable::
* os Selector Variable::
* osver Selector Variable::
* full_os Selector Variable::
* vendor Selector Variable::

* key Selector Variable::
* map Selector Variable::
* netnumber Selector Variable::
* network Selector Variable::
* path Selector Variable::
* wire Selector Variable::
* uid Selector Variable::
* gid Selector Variable::

* exists Selector Function::
* false Selector Function::
* netgrp Selector Function::
* netgrpd Selector Function::
* in_network Selector Function::
* true Selector Function::
* xhost Selector Function::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Selector Variable,  Next: autodir Selector Variable,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.1 arch Selector Variable
..............................

The machine architecture which was automatically determined at compile
time.  The architecture type can be displayed by running the command
`amd -v'.  You can override this value also using the `-A' command line
option.  *Note Supported Platforms::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: autodir Selector Variable,  Next: byte Selector Variable,  Prev: arch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.2 autodir Selector Variable
.................................

The default directory under which to mount filesystems.  This may be
changed by the `-a' command line option.  *Note fs Option::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: byte Selector Variable,  Next: cluster Selector Variable,  Prev: autodir Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.3 byte Selector Variable
..............................

The machine's byte ordering.  This is either `little', indicating
little-endian, or `big', indicating big-endian.  One possible use is to
share `rwho' databases (*note rwho servers::).  Another is to share
ndbm databases, however this use can be considered a courageous
juggling act.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Selector Variable,  Next: domain Selector Variable,  Prev: byte Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.4 cluster Selector Variable
.................................

This is provided as a hook for the name of the local cluster.  This can
be used to decide which servers to use for copies of replicated
filesystems.  `${cluster}' defaults to the value of `${domain}' unless
a different value is set with the `-C' command line option.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain Selector Variable,  Next: dollar Selector Variable,  Prev: cluster Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.5 domain Selector Variable
................................

The local domain name as specified by the `-d' command line option.
*Note host Selector Variable::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: dollar Selector Variable,  Next: host Selector Variable,  Prev: domain Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.6 dollar Selector Variable
................................

This is a special variable, whose sole purpose is to produce a literal
dollar sign in the value of another variable.  For example, if you have
a remote file system whose name is `/disk$s', you can mount it by
setting the remote file system variable as follows:

     rfs:=/disk${dollar}s


File: am-utils.info,  Node: host Selector Variable,  Next: hostd Selector Variable,  Prev: dollar Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.7 host Selector Variable
..............................

The local hostname as determined by gethostname(2).  If no domain name
was specified on the command line and the hostname contains a period
`.' then the string before the period is used as the host name, and the
string after the period is assigned to `${domain}'.  For example, if
the hostname is `styx.doc.ic.ac.uk' then `host' would be `styx' and
`domain' would be `doc.ic.ac.uk'.  `hostd' would be `styx.doc.ic.ac.uk'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: hostd Selector Variable,  Next: karch Selector Variable,  Prev: host Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.8 hostd Selector Variable
...............................

This resolves to the `${host}' and `${domain}' concatenated with a `.'
inserted between them if required.  If `${domain}' is an empty string
then `${host}' and `${hostd}' will be identical.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Selector Variable,  Next: os Selector Variable,  Prev: hostd Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.9 karch Selector Variable
...............................

This is provided as a hook for the kernel architecture.  This is used on
SunOS 4 and SunOS 5, for example, to distinguish between different
`/usr/kvm' volumes.  `${karch}' defaults to the "machine" value gotten
from uname(2).  If the uname(2) system call is not available, the value
of `${karch}' defaults to that of `${arch}'.  Finally, a different
value can be set with the `-k' command line option.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Selector Variable,  Next: osver Selector Variable,  Prev: karch Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.10 os Selector Variable
.............................

The operating system.  Like the machine architecture, this is
automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
be displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported
Platforms::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Selector Variable,  Next: full_os Selector Variable,  Prev: os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.11 osver Selector Variable
................................

The operating system version.  Like the machine architecture, this is
automatically determined at compile time.  The operating system name can
be displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported
Platforms::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Selector Variable,  Next: vendor Selector Variable,  Prev: osver Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.12 full_os Selector Variable
..................................

The full name of the operating system, including its version.  This
value is automatically determined at compile time.  The full operating
system name and version can be displayed by running the command `amd
-v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Selector Variable,  Next: key Selector Variable,  Prev: full_os Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.13 vendor Selector Variable
.................................

The name of the vendor of the operating system.  This value is
automatically determined at compile time.  The name of the vendor can be
displayed by running the command `amd -v'.  *Note Supported Platforms::.




   The following selectors are also provided.  Unlike the other
selectors, they vary for each lookup.  Note that when the name from the
kernel is expanded prior to a map lookup, these selectors are all
defined as empty strings.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: key Selector Variable,  Next: map Selector Variable,  Prev: vendor Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.14 key Selector Variable
..............................

The name being resolved.  For example, if `/home' is an automount
point, then accessing `/home/foo' would set `${key}' to the string
`foo'.  The key is prefixed by the PREF option set in the parent mount
point.  The default prefix is an empty string.  If the prefix was
`blah/' then `${key}' would be set to `blah/foo'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map Selector Variable,  Next: netnumber Selector Variable,  Prev: key Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.15 map Selector Variable
..............................

The name of the mount map being used.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: netnumber Selector Variable,  Next: network Selector Variable,  Prev: map Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.16 netnumber Selector Variable
....................................

This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
output of `amd -v'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: network Selector Variable,  Next: path Selector Variable,  Prev: netnumber Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.17 network Selector Variable
..................................

This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
output of `amd -v'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: path Selector Variable,  Next: wire Selector Variable,  Prev: network Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.18 path Selector Variable
...............................

The full pathname of the name being resolved.  For example `/home/foo'
in the example above.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: wire Selector Variable,  Next: uid Selector Variable,  Prev: path Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.19 wire Selector Variable
...............................

This selector is identical to the `in_network' selector function, see
*Note in_network Selector Function::.  It will match either the name or
number of any network interface on which this host is connected to.
The names and numbers of all attached interfaces are available from the
output of `amd -v'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: uid Selector Variable,  Next: gid Selector Variable,  Prev: wire Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.20 uid Selector Variable
..............................

This selector provides the numeric effective user ID (UID) of the user
which last accessed an automounted path name.  This simple example shows
how floppy mounting can be assigned only to machine owners:

     floppy  -type:=pcfs \
             uid==2301;host==shekel;dev:=/dev/floppy \
             uid==6712;host==titan;dev=/dev/fd0 \
             uid==0;dev:=/dev/fd0c \
             type:=error

   The example allows two machine owners to mount floppies on their
designated workstations, allows the root user to mount on any host, and
otherwise forces an error.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: gid Selector Variable,  Next: exists Selector Function,  Prev: uid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.21 gid Selector Variable
..............................

This selector provides the numeric effective group ID (GID) of the user
which last accessed an automounted path name.



   The following boolean functions are selectors which take an argument
ARG.  They return a value of true or false, and thus do not need to be
compared with a value.  Each of these may be negated by prepending `!'
to their name.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: exists Selector Function,  Next: false Selector Function,  Prev: gid Selector Variable,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.22 exists Selector Function
.................................

If the file listed by ARG exists (via lstat(2)), this function
evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: false Selector Function,  Next: netgrp Selector Function,  Prev: exists Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.23 false Selector Function
................................

Always evaluates to false.  ARG is ignored.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrp Selector Function,  Next: netgrpd Selector Function,  Prev: false Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.24 netgrp Selector Function
.................................

The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed
optionally by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not
specified, it defaults to `${host}'.  If the host name (short name) is
a member of the netgroup, this selector evaluates to true.  Otherwise
it evaluates to false.

   For example, suppose you have a netgroup `ppp-hosts', and for
reasons of performance, these have a local `/home' partition, while all
other clients on the faster network can access a shared home directory.
A common map to use for both might look like the following:

     home/*  netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=link;fs:=/local/${key} \
             !netgrp(ppp-hosts);type:=nfs;rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/remote/${key}

   A more complex example that takes advantage of the two argument
netgrp mount selector is given in the following scenario.  Suppose one
wants to mount the local scratch space from a each host under
`scratch/<hostname>' and some hosts have their scratch space in a
different path than others.  Hosts in the netgroup `apple-hosts' have
their scratch space in the `/apple' path, where hosts in the netgroup
`cherry-hosts' have their scratch space in the `/cherry' path.  For
hosts that are neither in the `apple-hosts' or `cherry-hosts' netgroups
we want to make a symlink pointing to nowhere but provide a descriptive
error message in the link destination:

     scratch/*	netgrp(apple-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
     		    rfs:="/apple" \
     		netgrp(cherry-hosts,${/key});type:=nfs;rhost:=${/key};\
     		    rfs:="/cherry" \
     		type:=link;rfs:="no local partition for ${/key}"


File: am-utils.info,  Node: netgrpd Selector Function,  Next: in_network Selector Function,  Prev: netgrp Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.25 netgrpd Selector Function
..................................

The argument ARG of this selector is a netgroup name followed
optionally by a comma and a host name.  If the host name is not
specified, it defaults to `${hostd}'.  If the host name
(fully-qualified name) is a member of the netgroup, this selector
evaluates to true.  Otherwise it evaluates to false.

   The `netgrpd' function uses fully-qualified host names to match
netgroup names, while the `netgrp' function (*note netgrp Selector
Function::) uses short host names.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: in_network Selector Function,  Next: true Selector Function,  Prev: netgrpd Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.26 in_network Selector Function
.....................................

This selector matches against any network name or number with an
optional netmask.  First, if the current host has any network interface
that is locally attached to the network specified in ARG (either via
name or number), this selector evaluates to true.

   Second, `in_network' supports a network/netmask syntax such as
`128.59.16.0/255.255.255.0', `128.59.16.0/24',
`128.59.16.0/0xffffff00', or `128.59.16.0/'.  Using the last form, Amd
will match the specified network number against the default netmasks of
each of the locally attached interfaces.

   If the selector does not match, it evaluates to false.

   For example, suppose you have two servers that have an exportable
`/opt' that smaller clients can NFS mount.  The two servers are say,
`serv1' on network `foo-net.site.com' and `serv2' on network
`123.4.5.0'.  You can write a map to be used by all clients that will
attempt to mount the closest one as follows:

     opt in_network(foo-net.site.com);rhost:=serv1;rfs:=/opt \
         in_network(123.4.5.0);rhost:=serv2;rfs:=/opt \
         rhost:=fallback-server


File: am-utils.info,  Node: true Selector Function,  Next: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: in_network Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.27 true Selector Function
...............................

Always evaluates to true.  ARG is ignored.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: xhost Selector Function,  Prev: true Selector Function,  Up: Selectors

3.3.3.28 xhost Selector Function
................................

This function compares ARG against the current hostname, similarly to
the *Note host Selector Variable::.  However, this function will also
match if ARG is a CNAME (DNS Canonical Name, or alias) for the current
host's name.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Map Options,  Prev: Selectors,  Up: Location Format

3.3.4 Map Options
-----------------

Options are parsed concurrently with selectors.  The difference is that
when an option is seen the string following the `:=' is recorded for
later use.  As a minimum the TYPE option must be specified.  Each
filesystem type has other options which must also be specified.  *Note
Filesystem Types::, for details on the filesystem specific options.

   Superfluous option specifications are ignored and are not reported
as errors.

   The following options apply to more than one filesystem type.

* Menu:

* addopts Option::
* delay Option::
* fs Option::
* opts Option::
* remopts Option::
* sublink Option::
* type Option::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: addopts Option,  Next: delay Option,  Prev: Map Options,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.1 addopts Option
......................

This option adds additional options to default options normally
specified in the `/defaults' entry or the defaults of the key entry
being processed (*note opts Option::).  Normally when you specify
`opts' in both the `/defaults' and the map entry, the latter overrides
the former completely.  But with `addopts' it will append the options
and override any conflicting ones.

   `addopts' also overrides the value of the `remopts' option (*note
remopts Option::), which unless specified defaults to the value of
`opts'.

   Options which start with `no' will override those with the same name
that do not start with `no' and vice verse.  Special handling is given
to inverted options such as `soft' and `hard', `bg' and `fg', `ro' and
`rw', etc.

   For example, if the default options specified were
     opts:=rw,nosuid,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,quota,posix

   and the ones specified in a map entry were

     addopts:=grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr

   then the actual options used would be

     wsize=1024,posix,grpid,suid,ro,rsize=2048,quota,nointr


File: am-utils.info,  Node: delay Option,  Next: fs Option,  Prev: addopts Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.2 delay Option
....................

The delay, in seconds, before an attempt will be made to mount from the
current location.  Auxiliary data, such as network address, file handles
and so on are computed regardless of this value.

   A delay can be used to implement the notion of primary and secondary
file servers.  The secondary servers would have a delay of a few
seconds, thus giving the primary servers a chance to respond first.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: fs Option,  Next: opts Option,  Prev: delay Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.3 fs Option
.................

The local mount point.  The semantics of this option vary between
filesystems.

   For NFS and UFS filesystems the value of `${fs}' is used as the
local mount point.  For other filesystem types it has other meanings
which are described in the section describing the respective filesystem
type.  It is important that this string uniquely identifies the
filesystem being mounted.  To satisfy this requirement, it should
contain the name of the host on which the filesystem is resident and the
pathname of the filesystem on the local or remote host.

   The reason for requiring the hostname is clear if replicated
filesystems are considered.  If a fileserver goes down and a
replacement filesystem is mounted then the "local" mount point "must"
be different from that of the filesystem which is hung.  Some encoding
of the filesystem name is required if more than one filesystem is to be
mounted from any given host.

   If the hostname is first in the path then all mounts from a
particular host will be gathered below a single directory.  If that
server goes down then the hung mount points are less likely to be
accidentally referenced, for example when getcwd(3) traverses the
namespace to find the pathname of the current directory.

   The `fs' option defaults to `${autodir}/${rhost}${rfs}'.  In
addition, `rhost' defaults to the local host name (`${host}') and `rfs'
defaults to the value of `${path}', which is the full path of the
requested file; `/home/foo' in the example above (*note Selectors::).
`${autodir}' defaults to `/a' but may be changed with the `-a' command
line option.  Sun's automounter defaults to `/tmp_mnt'.  Note that
there is no `/' between the `${rhost}' and `${rfs}' since `${rfs}'
begins with a `/'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: opts Option,  Next: remopts Option,  Prev: fs Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.4 opts Option
...................

The options to pass to the mount system call.  A leading `-' is
silently ignored.  The mount options supported generally correspond to
those used by mount(8) and are listed below.  Some additional
pseudo-options are interpreted by Amd and are also listed.

   Unless specifically overridden, each of the system default mount
options applies.  Any options not recognized are ignored.  If no
options list is supplied the string `rw,defaults' is used and all the
system default mount options apply.  Options which are not applicable
for a particular operating system are silently ignored.  For example,
only 4.4BSD is known to implement the `compress' and `spongy' options.

`acdirmax=N'
     Set the maximum directory attribute cache timeout to N.

`acdirmin=N'
     Set the minimum directory attribute cache timeout to N.

`acregmax=N'
     Set the maximum file attribute cache timeout to N.

`acregmin=N'
     Set the minimum file attribute cache timeout to N.

`actimeo=N'
     Set the overall attribute cache timeout to N.

`auto'
`ignore'
     Ignore this mount by df(1).

`cache'
     Allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.

`closesession'
     For UDF mounts, close the session when unmounting.

`compress'
     Use NFS compression protocol.

`defperm'
     Ignore the permission mode bits, and default file permissions to
     0555, UID 0, and GID 0.  Useful for CD-ROMs formatted as ISO-9660.

`dev'
     Allow local special devices on this filesystem.

`dirmask=N'
     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for
     directories in the file system.  See the `mask' option's
     description for more details.  The mask value of N can be
     specified in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.

`dumbtimr'
     Turn off the dynamic retransmit timeout estimator.  This may be
     useful for UDP mounts that exhibit high retry rates, since it is
     possible that the dynamically estimated timeout interval is too
     short.

`extatt'
     Enable extended attributes in ISO-9660 file systems.

`fsid'
     Set ID of filesystem.

`gens'
     Enable generations in ISO-9660 file systems.  Generations allow
     you to see all versions of a given file.

`gmtoff=N'
     For UDF mounts, set the time zone offset from UTC to N seconds,
     with positive values indicating east of the Prime Meridian.  If not
     set, the user's current time zone will be used.

`group=N'
     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the group of the files in the file
     system to N (which can either be a group name or a GID number).
     The default group is the group of the directory on which the file
     system is being mounted.

`grpid'
     Use BSD directory group-id semantics.

`int'
`intr'
     Allow keyboard interrupts on hard mounts.

`lock'
     Use the NFS locking protocol (default)

`longname'
     For PCFS mounts, force Win95 long names.

`mask=N'
     For PCFS mounts, specify the maximum file permissions for files in
     the file system.  For example, a mask of 755 specifies that, by
     default, the owner should have read, write, and execute
     permissions for files, but others should only have read and
     execute permissions.  Only the nine low-order bits of mask are
     used.  The default mask is taken from the directory on which the
     file system is being mounted.  The mask value of N can be
     specified in decimal, octal, or hexadecimal.

`multi'
     Perform multi-component lookup on files.

`maxgroups'
     Set the maximum number of groups to allow for this mount.

`nfsv3'
     Use NFS Version 3 for this mount.

`noac'
     Turn off the attribute cache.

`noauto'
     This option is used by the mount command in `/etc/fstab' or
     `/etc/vfstab' and means not to mount this file system when mount -a
     is used.

`nocache'
     Do not allow data to be cached from a remote server for this mount.

`nocasetrans'
     Don't do case translation. Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
     ISO-9660.

`noconn'
     Don't make a connection on datagram transports.

`nocto'
     No close-to-open consistency.

`nodefperm'
     Do not ignore the permission mode bits.  Useful for CD-ROMS
     formatted as ISO-9660.

`nodev'
`nodevs'
     Don't allow local special devices on this filesystem.

`noexec'
     Don't allow program execution.

`noint'
     Do not allow keyboard interrupts for this mount

`nojoliet'
     Turn off the Joliet extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as
     ISO-9660.

`nolock'
     Do not use the NFS locking protocol

`nomnttab'
     This option is used internally to tell Amd that a Solaris 8 system
     using mntfs is in use.

`norrip'
     Turn off using of the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP)
     extensions to ISO-9660.

`nosub'
     Disallow mounts beneath this mount.

`nosuid'
     Don't allow set-uid or set-gid executables on this filesystem.

`noversion'
     Strip the extension `;#' from the version string of files recorded
     on an ISO-9660 CD-ROM.

`nowin95'
     For PCFS mounts, completely ignore Win95 entries.

`optionstr'
     Under Solaris 8, provide the kernel a string of options to parse
     and show as part of the special in-kernel mount file system.

`overlay'
     Overlay this mount on top of an existing mount, if any.

`pgthresh=N'
     Set the paging threshold to N kilobytes.

`port=N'
     Set the NFS port to N.

`posix'
     Turn on POSIX static pathconf for mounts.

`private'
     Use local locking instead of the NLM protocol, useful for IRIX 6
     only.

`proplist'
     Support property lists (ACLs) for this mount, useful primarily for
     Tru64 UNIX.

`proto=S'
     Use transport protocol S for NFS (can be `"tcp"' or `"udp"').

`quota'
     Enable quota checking on this mount.

`rdonly'
`ro'
     Mount this filesystem readonly.

`resvport'
     Use a reserved port (smaller than 1024) for remote NFS mounts.
     Most systems assume that, but some allow for mounts to occur on
     non-reserved ports.   This causes problems when such a system
     tries to NFS mount one that requires reserved ports.  It is
     recommended that this option always be on.

`retrans=n'
     The number of NFS retransmits made before a user error is
     generated by a `soft' mounted filesystem, and before a `hard'
     mounted filesystem reports `NFS server "yoyo" not responding still
     trying'.

`retry'
     Set the NFS retry counter.

`rrcaseins'
     Enable the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) case insensitive
     extensions.  Useful for CD-ROMS formatted as ISO-9660.

`rrip'
     Uses the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP) extensions to
     ISO-9660.

`rsize=N'
     The NFS read packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.

`rw'
     Allow reads and writes on this filesystem.

`sessionnr=N'
     For multisession UDF mounts, use session number N when mounting.

`shortname'
     For PCFS mounts, force old DOS short names only.

`soft'
     Give up after "retrans" retransmissions.

`spongy'
     Like `soft' for status requests, and `hard' for data transfers.

`suid'
     Allow set-uid programs on this mount.

`symttl'
     Turn off the symbolic link cache time-to-live.

`sync'
     Perform synchronous filesystem operations on this mount.

`tcp'
     Use TCP/IP instead of UDP/IP, ignored if the NFS implementation
     does not support TCP/IP mounts.

`timeo=N'
     The NFS timeout, in tenth-seconds, before a request is
     retransmitted.

`user=N'
     For PCFS and UDF mounts, set the owner of the files in the file
     system to N (which can either be a user name or a UID number).  The
     default owner is the owner of the directory on which the file
     system is being mounted.

`vers=N'
     Use NFS protocol version number N (can be 2 or 3).

`wsize=N'
     The NFS write packet size.  You may need to set this if you are
     using NFS/UDP through a gateway or a slow link.


   The following options are implemented by Amd, rather than being
passed to the kernel.

`nounmount'
     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will never expire.
     This is the default for non-network based filesystem types (such as
     mounting local disks, floppies, and CD-ROMs).  See also the related
     unmount option.

`ping=N'
     The interval, in seconds, between keep-alive pings.  When four
     consecutive pings have failed the mount point is marked as hung.
     This interval defaults to 30 seconds; if the ping interval is set
     to zero, Amd will use the default 30-second interval.  If the
     interval is set to -1 (or any other negative value), no pings are
     sent and the host is assumed to be always up, which can cause
     unmounts to hang See the softlookup option for a better
     alternative.  Turning pings off can be useful in NFS-HA
     (High-Availability) sites where the NFS service rarely goes down.
     Setting the ping value to a large value can reduce the amount of
     NFS_NULL chatter on your network considerably, especially in large
     sites.

     Note that if you have multiple Amd entries using the same file
     server, and each entry sets a different value of N, then each time
     Amd mounts a new entry, the ping value will be re-evaluated (and
     updated, turned off, or turned back on as needed).  Finally, note
     that NFS_NULL pings are sent for both UDP and TCP mounts, because
     even a hung TCP mount can cause user processes to hang.

`public'
     Use WebNFS multi-component lookup on the public file handle
     instead of the mount protocol to obtain NFS file handles, as
     documented in the WebNFS Client Specification, RFC 2054.  This
     means that Amd will not attempt to contact the remote portmapper
     or remote mountd daemon, and will only connect to the well-known
     NFS port 2049 or the port specified with the port mount option,
     thus making it easier to use NFS through a firewall.

`retry=N'
     The number of times to retry the mount system call.

`softlookup'
     Configures Amd's behavior with respect to already-mounted shares
     from NFS fileservers that are unreachable.  If softlookup is
     specified, trying to access such a share will result in an error
     (EIO, which is changed from the ENOENT 6.0 used to return).  If it
     is not specified, a regular symlink is provided and the access
     will probably hang in the NFS filesystem.

     The default behavior depends on whether the mount is 'soft' or
     'hard'; softlookup can be used to change this default. This is
     changed from 6.0 which always behaved as if softlookup was
     specified.

`unmount'
     Configures the mount so that its time-to-live will indeed expire
     (and thus may be automatically unmounted).  This is also the
     default for network-based filesystem types (e.g., NFS).  This
     option is useful for removable local media such as CD-ROMs, USB
     drives, etc. so they can expire when not in use, and get unmounted
     (such drives can get work out when they keep spinning).  See also
     the related nounmount option.

`utimeout=N'
     The interval, in seconds, that looked up and mounted map entries
     are cached.  After that period of time, Amd will attempt to unmount
     the entries.  If, however, the unmount fails (with EBUSY), then
     Amd will extend the mount's time-to-live by the utimeout value
     before the next unmount attempt is made.  In fact the interval is
     extended before the unmount is attempted, to avoid thrashing.  The
     default value is 120 seconds (two minutes) or as set by the `-w'
     command line option.

`xlatecookie'
     Translate directory cookies between 32-long and 64-long lengths.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: remopts Option,  Next: sublink Option,  Prev: opts Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.5 remopts Option
......................

This option has the same use as `${opts}' but applies only when the
remote host is on a non-local network.  For example, when using NFS
across a gateway it is often necessary to use smaller values for the
data read and write sizes.  This can simply be done by specifying the
small values in REMOPTS.  When a non-local host is accessed, the
smaller sizes will automatically be used.

   Amd determines whether a host is local by examining the network
interface configuration at startup.  Any interface changes made after
Amd has been started will not be noticed.  The likely effect will be
that a host may incorrectly be declared non-local.

   Unless otherwise set, the value of `${remopts}' is the same as the
value of `${opts}'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: sublink Option,  Next: type Option,  Prev: remopts Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.6 sublink Option
......................

The subdirectory within the mounted filesystem to which the reference
should point.  This can be used to prevent duplicate mounts in cases
where multiple directories in the same mounted filesystem are used.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: type Option,  Prev: sublink Option,  Up: Map Options

3.3.4.7 type Option
...................

The filesystem type to be used.  *Note Filesystem Types::, for a full
description of each type.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Command Line Options,  Next: Filesystem Types,  Prev: Mount Maps,  Up: Top

4 Amd Command Line Options
**************************

Many of Amd's parameters can be set from the command line.  The command
line is also used to specify automount points and maps.

   The general format of a command line is

     amd [options] [{ directory map-name [-map-options] } ...]

   For each directory and map-name given or specified in the `amd.conf'
file, Amd establishes an automount point.  The "map-options" may be any
sequence of options or selectors--*note Location Format::.  The
"map-options" apply only to Amd's mount point.

   `type:=toplvl;cache:=mapdefault;fs:=${map}' is the default value for
the map options.  Default options for a map are read from a special
entry in the map whose key is the string `/defaults'.  When default
options are given they are prepended to any options specified in the
mount-map locations as explained in *Note Map Defaults::.

   The "options" are any combination of those listed below.

   Once the command line has been parsed, the automount points are
mounted.  The mount points are created if they do not already exist, in
which case they will be removed when Amd exits.  Finally, Amd
disassociates itself from its controlling terminal and forks into the
background.

   Note: Even if Amd has been built with `-DDEBUG' (via `configure
--enable-debug'), it will still background itself and disassociate
itself from the controlling terminal.  To use a debugger it is
necessary to specify `-D daemon' on the command line.  However, even
with all of this, mounts and unmounts are performed in the background,
and Amd will always fork before doing them.  Therefore, debugging what
happens closely during un/mounts is more challenging.

   _All_ of Amd's command options (save `-F' and `-T') can be specified
in the `amd.conf' file. *Note Amd Configuration File::.  If Amd is
invoked without any command line options, it will default to using the
configuration file `/etc/amd.conf', if one exists.

* Menu:

* -a Option::   Automount directory.
* -c Option::   Cache timeout interval.
* -d Option::   Domain name.
* -k Option::   Kernel architecture.
* -l Option::   Log file.
* -n Option::   Hostname normalization.
* -o Option::   Operating system version.
* -p Option::   Output process id.
* -r Option::   Restart existing mounts.
* -t Option::   Kernel RPC timeout.
* -v Option::   Version information.
* -w Option::   Wait interval after failed unmount.
* -x Option::   Log options.
* -y Option::   NIS domain.
* -A Option::   Operating system Architecture.
* -C Option::   Cluster name.
* -D Option::   Debug flags.
* -F Option::   Amd configuration file.
* -H Option::   Show brief help.
* -O Option::   Operating system name.
* -S Option::   Lock executable pages in memory.
* -T Option::   Set tag for configuration file.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a Option,  Next: -c Option,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.1 `-a' DIRECTORY
==================

Specifies the default mount directory.  This option changes the variable
`${autodir}' which otherwise defaults to `/a'.  For example, some sites
prefer `/amd' or `/n'.

     amd -a /amd ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -c Option,  Next: -d Option,  Prev: -a Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.2 `-c' CACHE-INTERVAL
=======================

Selects the period, in seconds, for which a name is cached by Amd.  If
no reference is made to the volume in this period, Amd discards the
volume name to filesystem mapping.

   Once the last reference to a filesystem has been removed, Amd
attempts to unmount the filesystem.  If the unmount fails the interval
is extended by a further period as specified by the `-w' command line
option or by the `utimeout' mount option.

   The default "cache-interval" is 300 seconds (five minutes).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d Option,  Next: -k Option,  Prev: -c Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.3 `-d' DOMAIN
===============

Specifies the host's domain.  This sets the internal variable
`${domain}' and affects the `${hostd}' variable.

   If this option is not specified and the hostname already contains the
local domain then that is used, otherwise the default value of
`${domain}' is `unknown.domain'.

   For example, if the local domain was `doc.ic.ac.uk', Amd could be
started as follows:

     amd -d doc.ic.ac.uk ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -k Option,  Next: -l Option,  Prev: -d Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.4 `-k' KERNEL-ARCHITECTURE
============================

Specifies the kernel architecture of the system.  This is usually the
output of `uname -m' (the "machine" value gotten from uname(2)).  If
the uname(2) system call is not available, the value of `${karch}'
defaults to that of `${arch}'.

   The only effect of this option is to set the variable `${karch}'.

   This option would be used as follows:

     amd -k `arch -k` ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -l Option,  Next: -n Option,  Prev: -k Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.5 `-l' LOG-OPTION
===================

Selects the form of logging to be made.  Several special "log-options"
are recognized.

  1. If "log-option" is the string `syslog', Amd will use the syslog(3)
     mechanism.  If your system supports syslog facilities, then the
     default facility used is `LOG_DAEMON'.

  2. When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
     name to the log option name, delimited by a single colon.  For
     example, if "log-options" is the string `syslog:local7' then Amd
     will log messages via syslog(3) using the `LOG_LOCAL7' facility.
     If the facility name specified is not recognized, Amd will default
     to `LOG_DAEMON'.  Note: while you can use any syslog facility
     available on your system, it is generally a bad idea to use those
     reserved for other services such as `kern', `lpr', `cron', etc.

  3. If "log-option" is the string `/dev/stderr', Amd will use standard
     error, which is also the default target for log messages.  To
     implement this, Amd simulates the effect of the `/dev/fd' driver.

   Any other string is taken as a filename to use for logging.  Log
messages are appended to the file if it already exists, otherwise a new
file is created.  The file is opened once and then held open, rather
than being re-opened for each message.

   Normally, when long-running daemons hold an open file descriptor on a
log file, it is impossible to "rotate" the log file and compress older
logs on a daily basis.  The daemon needs to be told to discard (via
close(2)) its file handle, and re-open the log file.  This is done
using `amq -l' log-option. *Note Amq -l option::.

   If the `syslog' option is specified but the system does not support
syslog or if the named file cannot be opened or created, Amd will use
standard error.  Error messages generated before Amd has finished
parsing the command line are printed on standard error.

   Since Amd tends to generate a lot of logging information (especially
if debugging was turned on), and due to it being an important program
running on the system, it is usually best to log to a separate disk
file.  In that case Amd would be started as follows:

     amd -l /var/log/amd ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -n Option,  Next: -o Option,  Prev: -l Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.6 `-n'
========

Normalizes the remote hostname before using it.  Normalization is done
by replacing the value of `${rhost}' with the (generally fully
qualified) primary name returned by a hostname lookup.

   This option should be used if several names are used to refer to a
single host in a mount map.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -o Option,  Next: -p Option,  Prev: -n Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.7 `-o' OP-SYS-VER
===================

Overrides the compiled-in version number of the operating system, with
OP-SYS-VER.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in version is
`2.5.1', you can override it to `5.5.1', and use older maps that were
written with the latter in mind.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -p Option,  Next: -r Option,  Prev: -o Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.8 `-p'
========

Causes Amd's process id to be printed on standard output.  This can be
redirected to a suitable file for use with kill:

     amd -p > /var/run/amd.pid ...

   This option only has an affect if Amd is running in daemon mode.  If
Amd is started with the `-D daemon' debug flag, this option is ignored.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -r Option,  Next: -t Option,  Prev: -p Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.9 `-r'
========

Tells Amd to restart existing mounts (*note Inheritance Filesystem::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -t Option,  Next: -v Option,  Prev: -r Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.10 `-t' TIMEOUT.RETRANSMIT
============================

Specifies the RPC "timeout" interval and the "retransmit" counter used
by the kernel to communicate to Amd.  These are used to set the `timeo'
and `retrans' mount options, respectively.  The default timeout is 0.8
seconds, and the default number of retransmissions is 11.

   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
retries.  The values of these parameters change the overall retry
interval.  Too long an interval gives poor interactive response; too
short an interval causes excessive retries.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v Option,  Next: -w Option,  Prev: -t Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.11 `-v'
=========

Print version information on standard error and then exit.  The output
is of the form:

     Copyright (c) 1997-1999 Erez Zadok
     Copyright (c) 1990 Jan-Simon Pendry
     Copyright (c) 1990 Imperial College of Science, Technology & Medicine
     Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
     am-utils version 6.0a15 (build 61).
     Built by ezk@example.com on date Wed Oct 22 15:21:03 EDT 1997.
     cpu=sparc (big-endian), arch=sun4, karch=sun4u.
     full_os=solaris2.5.1, os=sos5, osver=5.5.1, vendor=sun.
     Map support for: root, passwd, union, nisplus, nis, ndbm, file, error.
     AMFS: nfs, link, nfsx, nfsl, host, linkx, program, union, inherit,
           ufs, lofs, hsfs, pcfs, auto, direct, toplvl, error.
     FS: autofs, cachefs, cdfs, lofs, nfs, nfs3, pcfs, tfs, tmpfs, udf, ufs.
     Network 1: wire="mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.13).
     Network 2: wire="14-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.14).
     Network 3: wire="old-net.cs.columbia.edu" (netnumber=128.59.16).

   The information includes the version number, number of times Amd was
compiled on the local system, release date and name of the release.
Following come the cpu type, byte ordering, and the architecture and
kernel architecture as `${arch}' and `${karch}', respectively.  The
next line lists the operating system full name, short name, version,
and vendor.  These four values correspond to the variables
`${full_os}', `${os}', `${osver}', and `${vendor}', respectively.
*Note Supported Platforms::.

   Then come a list of map types supported, filesystems internally
supported by Amd (AMFS), and generic filesystems available (FS).
Finally all known networks (if any) of this host are listed by name and
number.  They are available via the variables `${wire}' or
`${network}', and `${netnumber}' (*note Selectors::) or the `in_network'
selector function (*note in_network Selector Function::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -w Option,  Next: -x Option,  Prev: -v Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.12 `-w' WAIT-TIMEOUT
======================

Selects the interval in seconds between unmount attempts after the
initial time-to-live has expired.

   This defaults to 120 seconds (two minutes).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -x Option,  Next: -y Option,  Prev: -w Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.13 `-x' OPTS
==============

Specifies the type and verbosity of log messages.  "opts" is a comma
separated list selected from the following options:

`fatal'
     Fatal errors (cannot be turned off)

`error'
     Non-fatal errors (cannot be turned off)

`user'
     Non-fatal user errors

`warn'
     Recoverable errors

`warning'
     Alias for `warn'

`info'
     Information messages

`map'
     Mount map usage

`stats'
     Additional statistics

`all'
     All of the above

`defaults'
     An alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info".

   Initially a set of default logging flags is enabled.  This is as if
`-x defaults' or `-x fatal,error,user,warning,info' had been selected.
The command line is parsed and logging is controlled by the `-x'
option.  The very first set of logging flags is saved and can not be
subsequently disabled using Amq.  This default set of options is useful
for general production use.

   The `info' messages include details of what is mounted and unmounted
and when filesystems have timed out.  If you want to have the default
set of messages without the `info' messages then you simply need `-x
noinfo'.  The messages given by `user' relate to errors in the mount
maps, so these are useful when new maps are installed.  The following
table lists the syslog priorities used for each of the message types.

`fatal'
     `LOG_CRIT'

`error'
     `LOG_ERR'

`user'
     `LOG_WARNING'

`warning'
     `LOG_WARNING'

`info'
     `LOG_INFO'

`debug'
     `LOG_DEBUG'

`map'
     `LOG_DEBUG'

`stats'
     `LOG_INFO'

   The options can be prefixed by the string `no' to indicate that this
option should be turned off.  For example, to obtain all but `info'
messages the option `-x all,noinfo' would be used.

   If Amd was built with debugging enabled the `debug' option is
automatically enabled regardless of the command line options.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -y Option,  Next: -A Option,  Prev: -x Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.14 `-y' NIS-DOMAIN
====================

Selects an alternate NIS domain.  This is useful for debugging and
cross-domain shared mounting.  If this flag is specified, Amd
immediately attempts to bind to a server for this domain.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -A Option,  Next: -C Option,  Prev: -y Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.15 `-A' ARCHITECTURE
======================

Specifies the OS architecture of the system.  The only effect of this
option is to set the variable `${arch}'.

   This option would be used as follows:

     amd -A i386 ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -C Option,  Next: -D Option,  Prev: -A Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.16 `-C' CLUSTER-NAME
======================

Specifies the name of the cluster of which the local machine is a
member.  The only effect is to set the variable `${cluster}'.  The
"cluster-name" is will usually obtained by running another command
which uses a database to map the local hostname into a cluster name.
`${cluster}' can then be used as a selector to restrict mounting of
replicated data.  If this option is not given, `${cluster}' has the
same value as `${domain}'.  This would be used as follows:

     amd -C `clustername` ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D Option,  Next: -F Option,  Prev: -C Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.17 `-D' OPTS
==============

Controls the verbosity and coverage of the debugging trace; "opts" is a
comma separated list of debugging options.  The `-D' option is only
available if Amd was compiled with `-DDEBUG', or configured with
`configure --enable-debug'.  The memory debugging facilities (`mem')
are only available if Amd was compiled with `-DDEBUG_MEM' (in addition
to `-DDEBUG'), or configured with `configure --enable-debug=mem'.

   The most common options to use are `-D trace' and `-D test' (which
turns on all the useful debug options).  As usual, every option can be
prefixed with `no' to turn it off.

`all'
     all options (excluding hrtime and mtab)

`defaults'
     "sensible" default options (all-excluding hrtime, mtab, and
     xdrtrace)

`test'
     full debug options plus mtab,nodaemon,nofork,noamq

`amq'
     register Amd with the RPC portmapper, for Amq

`daemon'
     enter daemon mode

`fork'
     fork child worker (hlfsd only)

`full'
     program trace

`hrtime'
     print high resolution time stamps (only if syslog(3) is not used)

`info'
     info service specific debugging (hesiod, nis, etc.)  In the case of
     hesiod maps, turns on the hesiod RES_DEBUG internal debugging
     option.

`mem'
     trace memory allocations.  Needs to be explicitly enabled at
     compile time with -enable-debug=mem.

`mtab'
     use local mount-table file (defaults to `/tmp/mtab', *note
     debug_mtab_file Parameter::)

`readdir'
     show readdir progress

`str'
     debug string munging

`trace'
     trace RPC protocol and NFS mount arguments

`xdrtrace'
     trace XDR routines

   You may also refer to the program source for a more detailed
explanation of the available options.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -F Option,  Next: -H Option,  Prev: -D Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.18 `-F' CONF-FILE
===================

Specify an Amd configuration file CONF-FILE to use.  For a description
of the format and syntax, *note Amd Configuration File::.  This
configuration file is used to specify any options in lieu of typing
many of them on the command line.  The `amd.conf' file includes
directives for every command line option Amd has, and many more that
are only available via the configuration file facility.  The
configuration file specified by this option is processed after all other
options had been processed, regardless of the actual location of this
option on the command line.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -H Option,  Next: -O Option,  Prev: -F Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.19 `-H'
=========

Print a brief help and usage string.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -O Option,  Next: -S Option,  Prev: -H Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.20 `-O' OP-SYS-NAME
=====================

Overrides the compiled-in name of the operating system, with
OP-SYS-NAME.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in name is `sunos5',
you can override it to the old name `sos5', and use older maps which
were written with the latter in mind.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -S Option,  Next: -T Option,  Prev: -O Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.21 `-S'
=========

Do _not_ lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To
improve Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or
mlockall(2) call lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there is
less chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap the
Amd process as needed.  This tends to improve Amd's performance, at the
cost of reserving the memory used by the Amd process (making it
unavailable for other processes).  If this behavior is not desired, use
the `-S' option.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -T Option,  Prev: -S Option,  Up: Amd Command Line Options

4.22 `-T' TAG
=============

Specify a tag to use with `amd.conf'.  All map entries tagged with TAG
will be processed.  Map entries that are not tagged are always
processed.  Map entries that are tagged with a tag other than TAG will
not be processed.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Filesystem Types,  Next: Amd Configuration File,  Prev: Amd Command Line Options,  Up: Top

5 Filesystem Types
******************

To mount a volume, Amd must be told the type of filesystem to be used.
Each filesystem type typically requires additional information such as
the fileserver name for NFS.

   From the point of view of Amd, a "filesystem" is anything that can
resolve an incoming name lookup.  An important feature is support for
multiple filesystem types.  Some of these filesystems are implemented
in the local kernel and some on remote fileservers, whilst the others
are implemented internally by Amd.

   The two common filesystem types are UFS and NFS.  Four other user
accessible filesystems (`link', `program', `auto' and `direct') are
also implemented internally by Amd and these are described below.
There are two additional filesystem types internal to Amd which are not
directly accessible to the user (`inherit' and `error').  Their use is
described since they may still have an effect visible to the user.

* Menu:

* Network Filesystem::          A single NFS filesystem.
* Network Host Filesystem::     NFS mount a host's entire export tree.
* Network Filesystem Group::    An atomic group of NFS filesystems.
* Unix Filesystem::             Native disk filesystem.
* Caching Filesystem::          Caching from remote server filesystem.
* CD-ROM Filesystem::           ISO9660 CD ROM.
* UDF Filesystem::              Universal Disk Format filesystem.
* Loopback Filesystem::         Local loopback-mount filesystem.
* Memory/RAM Filesystem::       A memory or RAM-based filesystem.
* Null Filesystem::             4.4BSD's loopback-mount filesystem.
* Floppy Filesystem::           MS-DOS Floppy filesystem.
* Translucent Filesystem::      The directory merging filesystem.
* Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem:: Sun's tmpfs filesystem.
* User ID Mapping Filesystem::  4.4BSD's umapfs filesystem.
* Program Filesystem::          Generic Program mounts.
* Symbolic Link Filesystem::    Local link.
* Symbolic Link Filesystem II:: Local link referencing existing filesystem.
* NFS-Link Filesystem::         Link if path exists, NFS otherwise.
* Automount Filesystem::
* Direct Automount Filesystem::
* Union Filesystem::
* Error Filesystem::
* Top-level Filesystem::
* Root Filesystem::
* Inheritance Filesystem::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem,  Next: Network Host Filesystem,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.1 Network Filesystem (`nfs')
==============================

The "nfs" (`type:=nfs') filesystem type provides access to Sun's NFS.

The following options must be specified:

`rhost'
     the remote fileserver.  This must be an entry in the hosts
     database.  IP addresses are not accepted.  The default value is
     taken from the local host name (`${host}') if no other value is
     specified.

`rfs'
     the remote filesystem.  If no value is specified for this option,
     an internal default of `${path}' is used.

   NFS mounts require a two stage process.  First, the "file handle" of
the remote file system must be obtained from the server.  Then a mount
system call must be done on the local system.  Amd keeps a cache of
file handles for remote file systems.  The cache entries have a
lifetime of a few minutes.

   If a required file handle is not in the cache, Amd sends a request
to the remote server to obtain it.

   Historically, this documentation has maintained that Amd will try
all the locations in parallel and use the first one which responds with
a valid file handle. This has not been the case for quite some time,
however. Instead, Amd will go through each location, one by one, and
will only skip to the next one if the previous one either fails or
times out.

An NFS entry might be:

     jsp  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp

   The mount system call and any unmount attempts are always done in a
new task to avoid the possibility of blocking Amd.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Host Filesystem,  Next: Network Filesystem Group,  Prev: Network Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.2 Network Host Filesystem (`host')
====================================

The "host" (`type:=host') filesystem allows access to the entire export
tree of an NFS server.  The implementation is layered above the `nfs'
implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.  The only option
which needs to be specified is `rhost' which is the name of the
fileserver to mount.

   The `host' filesystem type works by querying the mount daemon on the
given fileserver to obtain its export list.  Amd then obtains
filehandles for each of the exported filesystems.  Any errors at this
stage cause that particular filesystem to be ignored.  Finally each
filesystem is mounted.  Again, errors are logged but ignored.  One
common reason for mounts to fail is that the mount point does not exist.
Although Amd attempts to automatically create the mount point, it may
be on a remote filesystem to which Amd does not have write permission.

   When an attempt to unmount a `host' filesystem mount fails, Amd
remounts any filesystems which had successfully been unmounted.  To do
this Amd queries the mount daemon again and obtains a fresh copy of the
export list.  Amd then tries to mount any exported filesystems which
are not currently mounted.

   Sun's automounter provides a special `-hosts' map.  To achieve the
same effect with Amd requires two steps.  First a mount map must be
created as follows:

     *       type:=host;rhost:=${key};fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root

and then start Amd with the following command

     amd /net net.map

where `net.map' is the name of map described above.  Note that the
value of `${fs}' is overridden in the map.  This is done to avoid a
clash between the mount tree and any other filesystem already mounted
from the same fileserver.

   If different mount options are needed for different hosts then
additional entries can be added to the map, for example

     host2       opts:=ro,nosuid,soft

would soft mount `host2' read-only.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Network Filesystem Group,  Next: Unix Filesystem,  Prev: Network Host Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.3 Network Filesystem Group (`nfsx')
=====================================

The "nfsx" (`type:=nfsx') filesystem allows a group of filesystems to
be mounted from a single NFS server.  The implementation is layered
above the `nfs' implementation so keep-alives work in the same way.

   _WARNING_: `nfsx' is meant to be a "last resort" kind of solution.
It is racy and poorly supported. The authors _highly_ recommend that
other solutions be considered before relying on it.

   The options are the same as for the `nfs' filesystem with one
difference for `rfs', as explained below.

The following options should be specified:

`rhost'
     the remote fileserver.  The default value is taken from the local
     host name (`${host}') if no other value is specified.

`rfs'
     is a list of filesystems to mount, and must be specified.  The
     list is in the form of a comma separated strings.

For example:

     pub  type:=nfsx;rhost:=gould;\
          rfs:=/public,/,graphics,usenet;fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root

   The first string defines the root of the tree, and is applied as a
prefix to the remaining members of the list which define the individual
filesystems.  The first string is _not_ used as a filesystem name.  A
serial operation is used to determine the local mount points to ensure
a consistent layout of a tree of mounts.

   Here, the _three_ filesystems, `/public', `/public/graphics' and
`/public/usenet', would be mounted.

   A local mount point, `${fs}', _must_ be specified.  The default
local mount point will not work correctly in the general case.  A
suggestion is to use `fs:=${autodir}/${rhost}/root'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Unix Filesystem,  Next: Caching Filesystem,  Prev: Network Filesystem Group,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.4 Unix Filesystem (`ufs', `xfs', or `efs')
============================================

The "ufs" (`type:=ufs') filesystem type provides access to the system's
standard disk filesystem--usually a derivative of the Berkeley Fast
Filesystem.

The following option must be specified:

`dev'
     the block special device to be mounted.

   A UFS entry might be:

     jsp   host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/sd0d;sublink:=jsp

   UFS is the default Unix disk-based file system, which Am-utils picks
up during the autoconfiguration phase.  Some systems have more than one
type, such as IRIX, that comes with EFS (Extent File System) and XFS
(Extended File System).  In those cases, you may explicitly set the file
system type, by using entries such:

     ez1   type:=efs;dev:=/dev/xd0a
     ez2   type:=xfs;dev:=/dev/sd3c

   The UFS/XFS/EFS filesystems are never timed out by default, i.e. they
will never be unmounted by Amd. If automatic unmounting is desired, the
"unmount" option should be added to the mount options for the entry.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Caching Filesystem,  Next: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Prev: Unix Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.5 Caching Filesystem (`cachefs')
==================================

The "cachefs" (`type:=cachefs') filesystem caches files from one
location onto another, presumably providing faster access.  It is
particularly useful to cache from a larger and remote (slower) NFS
partition to a smaller and local (faster) UFS directory.

The following options must be specified:

`cachedir'
     the directory where the cache is stored.

`rfs'
     the path name to the "back file system" to be cached from.

`fs'
     the "front file system" mount point to the cached files, where Amd
     will set a symbolic link pointing to.

   A CacheFS entry for, say, the `/import' Amd mount point, might be:

     copt  type:=cachefs;cachedir:=/cache;rfs:=/import/opt;fs:=/n/import/copt

   Access to the pathname `/import/copt' will follow a symbolic link to
`/n/import/copt'.  The latter is the mount point for a caching file
system, that caches from `/import/opt' to `/cache'.

   The cachefs filesystem is never timed out by default, i.e. it will
never be unmounted by Amd. If automatic unmounting is desired, the
"unmount" option should be added to the mount options for the entry.

   Caveats:
  1. This file system is currently only implemented for Solaris 2.x!

  2. Before being used for the first time, the cache directory must be
     initialized with `cfsadmin -c CACHEDIR'.  See the manual page for
     cfsadmin(1M) for more information.

  3. The "back file system" mounted must be a complete file system, not
     a subdirectory thereof; otherwise you will get an error "Invalid
     Argument".

  4. If Amd aborts abnormally, the state of the cache may be
     inconsistent, requiring running the command `fsck -F cachefs
     CACHEDIR'.  Otherwise you will get the error "No Space Left on
     Device".


File: am-utils.info,  Node: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Next: UDF Filesystem,  Prev: Caching Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.6 CD-ROM Filesystem (`cdfs')
==============================

The "cdfs" (`type:=cdfs') filesystem mounts a CD-ROM with an ISO9660
format filesystem on it.

The following option must be specified:

`dev'
     the block special device to be mounted.

   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only CDs unless the
`ro' option is specified.  A cdfs entry might be:

     cdfs      os==sunos4;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
               os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=cdfs;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2


File: am-utils.info,  Node: UDF Filesystem,  Next: Loopback Filesystem,  Prev: CD-ROM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.7 CD-ROM Filesystem (`udf')
=============================

The "udf" (`type:=udf') filesystem mounts media with a Universal Disk
Format (UDF) filesystem on it, e.g., a video DVD.

The following option must be specified:

`dev'
     the block special device to be mounted.

   Some operating systems will fail to mount read-only media unless the
`ro' option is specified.  A udf entry might be:

     udf      os==sunos4;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/sr0 \
              os==sunos5;addopts:=ro;type:=udf;dev:=/dev/dsk/c0t6d0s2


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Loopback Filesystem,  Next: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Prev: UDF Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.8 Loopback Filesystem (`lofs')
================================

The "lofs" (`type:=lofs') filesystem is also called the loopback
filesystem.  It mounts a local directory on another, thus providing
mount-time binding to another location (unlike symbolic links).

   The loopback filesystem is particularly useful within the context of
a chroot-ed directory (via chroot(2)), to provide access to directories
otherwise inaccessible.

The following option must be specified:

`rfs'
     the pathname to be mounted on top of `${fs}'.

   Usually, the FTP server runs in a chroot-ed environment, for security
reasons.  In this example, lofs is used to provide a subdirectory within
a user's home directory, also available for public ftp.

     lofs      type:=lofs;rfs:=/home/ezk/myftpdir;fs:=/usr/ftp/pub/ezk


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Next: Null Filesystem,  Prev: Loopback Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.9 Memory/RAM Filesystem (`mfs')
=================================

The "mfs" (`type:=mfs') filesystem is available in 4.4BSD, Linux, and
other systems.  It creates a filesystem in a portion of the system's
memory, thus providing very fast file (volatile) access.

   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Null Filesystem,  Next: Floppy Filesystem,  Prev: Memory/RAM Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.10 Null Filesystem (`nullfs')
===============================

The "nullfs" (`type:=nullfs') filesystem is available from 4.4BSD, and
is very similar to the loopback filesystem, "lofs".

   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Floppy Filesystem,  Next: Translucent Filesystem,  Prev: Null Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.11 Floppy Filesystem (`pcfs')
===============================

The "pcfs" (`type:=pcfs') filesystem mounts a floppy previously
formatted for the MS-DOS format.

The following option must be specified:

`dev'
     the block special device to be mounted.

   A pcfs entry might be:

     pcfs      os==sunos4;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/fd0 \
               os==sunos5;type:=pcfs;dev:=/dev/diskette


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Translucent Filesystem,  Next: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Prev: Floppy Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.12 Translucent Filesystem (`tfs')
===================================

The "tfs" (`type:=tfs') filesystem is an older version of the 4.4BSD
"unionfs".

   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Next: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Prev: Translucent Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.13 Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem (`tmpfs')
============================================

The "tmpfs" (`type:=tmpfs') filesystem shares memory between a the swap
device and the rest of the system.  It is generally used to provide a
fast access `/tmp' directory, one that uses memory that is otherwise
unused.  This filesystem is available in SunOS 4.x and 5.x.

   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Next: Program Filesystem,  Prev: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.14 User ID Mapping Filesystem (`umapfs')
==========================================

The "umapfs" (`type:=umapfs') filesystem maps User IDs of file
ownership, and is available from 4.4BSD.

   XXX: THIS FILESYSTEM IS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Program Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Prev: User ID Mapping Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.15 Program Filesystem (`program')
===================================

The "program" (`type:=program') filesystem type allows a program to be
run whenever a mount or unmount is required.  This allows easy addition
of support for other filesystem types, such as MIT's Remote Virtual
Disk (RVD) which has a programmatic interface via the commands
`rvdmount' and `rvdunmount'.

Both of the following options must be specified:

`mount'
     the program which will perform the mount.

`unmount'

`umount'
     the program which will perform the unmount.  For convenience, you
     may use either `unmount' or `umount' but not both.  If neither is
     defined, Amd will default to `umount ${fs}' (the actual unmount
     program pathname will be automatically determined at the time GNU
     `configure' runs.)

   The exit code from these two programs is interpreted as a Unix error
code.  As usual, exit code zero indicates success.  To execute the
program, Amd splits the string on whitespace to create an array of
substrings.  Single quotes `'' can be used to quote whitespace if that
is required in an argument.  There is no way to escape or change the
single quote character.

   To run e.g. the program `rvdmount' with a host name and filesystem as
arguments, it would be specified by
`fs:=${autodir}${path};type:=program;mount:="/etc/rvdmount rvdmount
fserver ${fs}";unmount:="/etc/rdvumount rvdumount ${fs}"'.

   The first element in the array is taken as the pathname of the
program to execute.  The other members of the array form the argument
vector to be passed to the program, "including argument zero".  The
array is exactly the same as the array passed to the execv() system call
(man execv for details).  The split string must have at least two
elements.  The programs are directly executed by Amd, not via a shell.
Therefore, if a script is to be used as a mount/umount program, it
"must" begin with a `#!' interpreter specification.

   Often, this program mount type is used for Samba mounts, where you
need a double slash in pathnames.  However, Amd normalizes sequences of
slashes into one slash.  Therefore, you must use an escaped slash,
preceded by an escaped backslash.  So to get a double slash in the
mount command, you need the eight character sequence `\\\/\\\/' in your
map.  For example:

   `mount="/sbin/mount mount -r -t smbfs -o-N,-Ihostname
\\\/\\\/guest@venus/mp3"'

   If a filesystem type is to be heavily used, it may be worthwhile
adding a new filesystem type into Amd, but for most uses the program
filesystem should suffice.

   When the program is run, standard input and standard error are
inherited from the current values used by Amd.  Standard output is a
duplicate of standard error.  The value specified with the `-l' command
line option has no effect on standard error.

   Amd guarantees that the mountpoint will be created before calling
the mount program, and that it will be removed after the umount program
returns success.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Next: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Prev: Program Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.16 Symbolic Link Filesystem (`link')
======================================

Each filesystem type creates a symbolic link to point from the volume
name to the physical mount point.  The `link' filesystem does the same
without any other side effects.  This allows any part of the machines
name space to be accessed via Amd.

   One common use for the symlink filesystem is `/homes' which can be
made to contain an entry for each user which points to their
(auto-mounted) home directory.  Although this may seem rather expensive,
it provides a great deal of administrative flexibility.

The following option must be defined:

`fs'
     The value of FS option specifies the destination of the link, as
     modified by the SUBLINK option.  If SUBLINK is non-null, it is
     appended to `${fs}'`/' and the resulting string is used as the
     target.

   The `link' filesystem can be thought of as identical to the `ufs'
filesystem but without actually mounting anything.

   An example entry might be:

     jsp   host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/home/charm;sublink:=jsp
   which would return a symbolic link pointing to `/home/charm/jsp'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Next: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.17 Symbolic Link Filesystem II (`linkx')
==========================================

The "linkx" (`type:=linkx') filesystem type is identical to `link' with
the exception that the target of the link must exist.  Existence is
checked with the lstat(2) system call.

   The `linkx' filesystem type is particularly useful for wildcard map
entries.  In this case, a list of possible targets can be given and Amd
will choose the first one which exists on the local machine.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Next: Automount Filesystem,  Prev: Symbolic Link Filesystem II,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.18 NFS-Link Filesystem (`nfsl')
=================================

The "nfsl" (`type:=nfsl') filesystem type is a combination of two
others: `link' and `nfs'.  If the local host name is equal to the value
of `${rhost}' _and_ the target pathname listed in `${fs}' exists,
`nfsl' will behave exactly as `type:=link', and refer to the target as
a symbolic link.  If the local host name is not equal to the value of
`${rhost}', or if the target of the link does not exist, Amd will treat
it as `type:=nfs', and will mount a remote pathname for it.

   The `nfsl' filesystem type is particularly useful as a shorthand for
the more cumbersome and yet one of the most popular Amd entries.  For
example, you can simplify all map entries that look like:

     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
             host!=shekel;type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs} \
             host==shekel;type:=link

   or

     zing    -fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing \
             exists(${fs});type:=link \
             !exists(${fs});type:=nfs;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}

   into a shorter form

     zing    type:=nfsl;fs:=/n/shekel/u/zing;rhost:=shekel;rfs:=${fs}

   Not just does it make the maps smaller and simpler, but it avoids
possible mistakes that often happen when forgetting to set up the two
entries (one for `type:=nfs' and the other for `type:=link') necessary
to perform transparent mounts of existing or remote mounts.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Automount Filesystem,  Next: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Prev: NFS-Link Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.19 Automount Filesystem (`auto')
==================================

The "auto" (`type:=auto') filesystem type creates a new automount point
below an existing automount point.  Top-level automount points appear
as system mount points.  An automount mount point can also appear as a
sub-directory of an existing automount point.  This allows some
additional structure to be added, for example to mimic the mount tree of
another machine.

   The following options may be specified:

`cache'
     specifies whether the data in this mount-map should be cached.
     The default value is `none', in which case no caching is done in
     order to conserve memory.

     However, better performance and reliability can be obtained by
     caching some or all of a mount-map.

     If the cache option specifies `all', the entire map is enumerated
     when the mount point is created.

     If the cache option specifies `inc', caching is done incrementally
     as and when data is required.  Some map types do not support cache
     mode `all', in which case `inc' is used whenever `all' is
     requested.

     Caching can be entirely disabled by using cache mode `none'.

     If the cache option specifies `regexp' then the entire map will be
     enumerated and each key will be treated as an egrep-style regular
     expression.  The order in which a cached map is searched does not
     correspond to the ordering in the source map so the regular
     expressions should be mutually exclusive to avoid confusion.

     Each mount map type has a default cache type, usually `inc', which
     can be selected by specifying `mapdefault'.

     The cache mode for a mount map can only be selected on the command
     line.  Starting Amd with the command:

          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc

     will cause `/homes' to be automounted using the "Hesiod" name
     server with local incremental caching of all successfully resolved
     names.

     All cached data is forgotten whenever Amd receives a `SIGHUP'
     signal and, if cache `all' mode was selected, the cache will be
     reloaded.  This can be used to inform Amd that a map has been
     updated.  In addition, whenever a cache lookup fails and Amd needs
     to examine a map, the map's modify time is examined.  If the cache
     is out of date with respect to the map then it is flushed as if a
     `SIGHUP' had been received.

     An additional option (`sync') may be specified to force Amd to
     check the map's modify time whenever a cached entry is being used.
     For example, an incremental, synchronized cache would be created
     by the following command:

          amd /homes hesiod.homes -cache:=inc,sync

`fs'
     specifies the name of the mount map to use for the new mount point.

     Arguably this should have been specified with the `${rfs}' option
     but we are now stuck with it due to historical accident.

`pref'
     alters the name that is looked up in the mount map.  If `${pref}',
     the "prefix", is non-null then it is prepended to the name
     requested by the kernel "before" the map is searched. The default
     prefix is the prefix of the parent map (if any) with name of the
     auto node appended to it. That means if you want no prefix you
     must say so in the map: `pref:=null'.

`opts'
     Normally, `auto' style maps are not browsable even if you turn on
     directory browsability (*note browsable_dirs Parameter::).  To
     enable browsing entries in `auto' maps, specify `opts:=browsable'
     or `opts:=fullybrowsable' in the description of this map.


   The server `dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' has two user disks: `/dev/dsk/2s0'
and `/dev/dsk/5s0'.  These are accessed as `/home/dylan/dk2' and
`/home/dylan/dk5' respectively.  Since `/home' is already an automount
point, this naming is achieved with the following map entries:

     dylan        type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
     dylan/dk2    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
     dylan/dk5    type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Next: Union Filesystem,  Prev: Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.20 Direct Automount Filesystem (`direct')
===========================================

The "direct" (`type:=direct') filesystem is almost identical to the
automount filesystem.  Instead of appearing to be a directory of mount
points, it appears as a symbolic link to a mounted filesystem.  The
mount is done at the time the link is accessed.  *Note Automount
Filesystem::, for a list of required options.

   Direct automount points are created by specifying the `direct'
filesystem type on the command line:

     amd ... /usr/man auto.direct -type:=direct

   where `auto.direct' would contain an entry such as:

     usr/man    -type:=nfs;rfs:=/usr/man \
                rhost:=man-server1  rhost:=man-server2

   In this example, `man-server1' and `man-server2' are file servers
which export copies of the manual pages.  Note that the key which is
looked up is the name of the automount point without the leading `/'.

   Note that the implementation of the traditional "direct" filesystem
is essentially a hack (pretending that the root of an NFS filesystem is
a symlink) and many modern operating systems get very unhappy about it.
For example, Linux kernel 2.4+ completely disallows it, and Solaris 2.8
fails to unmount it when Amd shuts down. Therefore, the use of the
traditional "direct" filesystem is strongly discouraged; it is only
semi-supported, at best.

   The autofs implementations that permit direct mounts are fully
supported, however. That currently includes all versions of Solaris.
Linux autofs does NOT support direct mounts at all.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Union Filesystem,  Next: Error Filesystem,  Prev: Direct Automount Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.21 Union Filesystem (`union')
===============================

The "union" (`type:=union') filesystem type allows the contents of
several directories to be merged and made visible in a single
directory.  This can be used to overcome one of the major limitations
of the Unix mount mechanism which only allows complete directories to
be mounted.

   For example, supposing `/tmp' and `/var/tmp' were to be merged into
a new directory called `/mtmp', with files in `/var/tmp' taking
precedence.  The following command could be used to achieve this effect:

     amd ... /mtmp union:/tmp:/var/tmp -type:=union

   Currently, the unioned directories must _not_ be automounted.  That
would cause a deadlock.  This seriously limits the current usefulness of
this filesystem type and the problem will be addressed in a future
release of Amd.

   Files created in the union directory are actually created in the last
named directory.  This is done by creating a wildcard entry which points
to the correct directory.  The wildcard entry is visible if the union
directory is listed, so allowing you to see which directory has
priority.

   The files visible in the union directory are computed at the time
Amd is started, and are not kept up-to-date with respect to the
underlying directories.  Similarly, if a link is removed, for example
with the `rm' command, it will be lost forever.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Error Filesystem,  Next: Top-level Filesystem,  Prev: Union Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.22 Error Filesystem (`error')
===============================

The "error" (`type:=error') filesystem type is used internally as a
catch-all in the case where none of the other filesystems was selected,
or some other error occurred.  Lookups and mounts always fail with "No
such file or directory".  All other operations trivially succeed.

   The error filesystem is not directly accessible.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Top-level Filesystem,  Next: Root Filesystem,  Prev: Error Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.23 Top-level Filesystem (`toplvl')
====================================

The "toplvl" (`type:=toplvl') filesystems is derived from the `auto'
filesystem and is used to mount the top-level automount nodes.
Requests of this type are automatically generated from the command line
arguments.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Root Filesystem,  Next: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Top-level Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.24 Root Filesystem (`root')
=============================

The "root" (`type:=root') filesystem type acts as an internal
placeholder onto which Amd can pin `toplvl' mounts.  Only one node of
this type need ever exist and one is created automatically during
startup.  The effect of having more than one root node is undefined.

   The root filesystem is not directly accessible.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Inheritance Filesystem,  Prev: Root Filesystem,  Up: Filesystem Types

5.25 Inheritance Filesystem (`inherit')
=======================================

The "inheritance" (`type:=inherit') filesystem is not directly
accessible.  Instead, internal mount nodes of this type are
automatically generated when Amd is started with the `-r' option.  At
this time the system mount table is scanned to locate any filesystems
which are already mounted.  If any reference to these filesystems is
made through Amd then instead of attempting to mount it, Amd simulates
the mount and "inherits" the filesystem.  This allows a new version of
Amd to be installed on a live system simply by killing the old daemon
with `SIGTERM' and starting the new one.

   This filesystem type is not generally visible externally, but it is
possible that the output from `amq -m' may list `inherit' as the
filesystem type.  This happens when an inherit operation cannot be
completed for some reason, usually because a fileserver is down.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amd Configuration File,  Next: Run-time Administration,  Prev: Filesystem Types,  Up: Top

6 Amd Configuration File
************************

The `amd.conf' file is the configuration file for Amd, as part of the
am-utils suite.  This file contains runtime configuration information
for the Amd automounter program.

* Menu:

* File Format::
* The Global Section::
* Regular Map Sections::
* Common Parameters::
* Global Parameters::
* Regular Map Parameters::
* amd.conf Examples::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: File Format,  Next: The Global Section,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.1 File Format
===============

The `amd.conf' file consists of sections and parameters.  A section
begins with the name of the section in square brackets `[]' and
continues until the next section begins or the end of the file is
reached.  Sections contain parameters of the form `name = value'.

   The file is line-based -- that is, each newline-terminated line
represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.  No
line-continuation syntax is available.

   Section names, parameter names and their values are case sensitive.

   Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.  Whitespace
before or after the first equals sign is discarded.  Leading, trailing
and internal whitespace in section and parameter names is irrelevant.
Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter value is discarded.
Internal whitespace within a parameter value is not allowed, unless the
whole parameter value is quoted with double quotes as in `name = "some
value"'.

   Any line beginning with a pound sign `#' is ignored, as are lines
containing only whitespace.

   The values following the equals sign in parameters are all either a
string (no quotes needed if string does not include spaces) or a
boolean, which may be given as `yes'/`no'.  Case is significant in all
values.  Some items such as cache timeouts are numeric.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: The Global Section,  Next: Regular Map Sections,  Prev: File Format,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.2 The Global Section
======================

The global section must be specified as `[global]'.  Parameters in this
section either apply to Amd as a whole, or to all other regular map
sections which follow.  There should be only one global section defined
in one configuration file.

   It is highly recommended that this section be specified first in the
configuration file.  If it is not, then regular map sections which
precede it will not use global values defined later.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Sections,  Next: Common Parameters,  Prev: The Global Section,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.3 Regular Map Sections
========================

Parameters in regular (non-global) sections apply to a single map entry.
For example, if the map section `[/homes]' is defined, then all
parameters following it will be applied to the `/homes' Amd-managed
mount point.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Common Parameters,  Next: Global Parameters,  Prev: Regular Map Sections,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.4 Common Parameters
=====================

These parameters can be specified either in the global or a map-specific
section.  Entries specified in a map-specific section override the
default value or one defined in the global section.   If such a common
parameter is specified only in the global section, it is applicable to
all regular map sections that follow.

* Menu:

* autofs_use_lofs Parameter::
* browsable_dirs Parameter::
* map_defaults Parameter::
* map_options Parameter::
* map_type Parameter::
* mount_type Parameter::
* search_path Parameter::
* selectors_in_defaults Parameter::
* sun_map_syntax Parameter::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Next: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.1 autofs_use_lofs Parameter
-------------------------------

(type=string, default=`yes').  When set to `yes', Amd's autofs code
will use lofs-type (loopback) mounts for `type:=link' mounts, as well
as several other cases that require local references.  This has the
advantage that Amd does not use a secondary mount point and users do
not see external pathnames (the infamous `/bin/pwd' problem, where it
reports a different path than the user chdir'ed into).  One of the
disadvantages of using this option is that the autofs code is
relatively new and the in-place mounts have not been throughly tested.

   If this option is set to `no', then Amd's autofs code will use
symlinks instead of lofs-type mounts for local references.  This has
the advantage of using simpler (more stable) code, but at the expense
of negating one of autofs's big advantages: the hiding of Amd's
internal paths.  Note that symlinks are not supported in all autofs
implementations, especially those derived from Solaris Autofs v1.
Also, on Solaris 2.6 and newer, autofs symlinks are not cached,
resulting in repeated up-call requests to Amd.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Next: map_defaults Parameter,  Prev: autofs_use_lofs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.2 browsable_dirs Parameter
------------------------------

(type=string, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd's top-level mount
points will be browsable to readdir(3) calls.  This means you could run
for example ls(1) and see what keys are available to mount in that
directory.  Not all entries are made visible to readdir(3): the
`/defaults' entry, wildcard entries, and those with a `/' in them are
not included.  If you specify `full' to this option, all but the
`/defaults' entry will be visible.  Note that if you run a command
which will attempt to stat(2) the entries, such as often done by `ls
-l' or `ls -F', Amd will attempt to mount every entry in that map.
This is often called a "mount storm".

   Note that mount storms are mostly avoided by using autofs mounts
(`mount_type = autofs').


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_defaults Parameter,  Next: map_options Parameter,  Prev: browsable_dirs Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.3 map_defaults Parameter
----------------------------

(type=string, default to empty).  This option sets a string to be used
as the map's `/defaults' entry, overriding any `/defaults' specified in
the map.  This allows local users to override a given map's defaults
without modifying maps globally (which is impossible in sites where the
maps are managed by a different administrative group).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_options Parameter,  Next: map_type Parameter,  Prev: map_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.4 map_options Parameter
---------------------------

(type=string, default no options).  This option is the same as
specifying map options on the command line to Amd, such as `cache:=all'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_type Parameter,  Next: mount_type Parameter,  Prev: map_options Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.5 map_type Parameter
------------------------

(type=string, default search all map types).  If specified, Amd will
initialize the map only for the type given.  This is useful to avoid the
default map search type used by Amd which takes longer and can have
undesired side-effects such as initializing NIS even if not used.
Possible values are

`file'
     plain files

`hesiod'
     Hesiod name service from MIT

`ldap'
     Lightweight Directory Access Protocol

`ndbm'
     (New) dbm style hash files

`nis'
     Network Information Services (version 2)

`nisplus'
     Network Information Services Plus (version 3)

`passwd'
     local password files

`union'
     union maps


File: am-utils.info,  Node: mount_type Parameter,  Next: search_path Parameter,  Prev: map_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.6 mount_type Parameter
--------------------------

(type=string, default=`nfs').  All Amd mount types default to NFS.
That is, Amd is an NFS server on the map mount points, for the local
host it is running on.  If `autofs' is specified, Amd will be an autofs
server for those mount points.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: search_path Parameter,  Next: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Prev: mount_type Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.7 search_path Parameter
---------------------------

(type=string, default no search path).  This provides a
(colon-delimited) search path for file maps.  Using a search path,
sites can allow for local map customizations and overrides, and can
distributed maps in several locations as needed.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Next: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: search_path Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.8 selectors_in_defaults Parameter
-------------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then the `/defaults' entry of
maps will search for and process any selectors before setting defaults
for all other keys in that map.  Useful when you want to set different
options for a complete map based on some parameters.  For example, you
may want to better the NFS performance over slow slip-based networks as
follows:

     /defaults \
         wire==slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024 \
         wire!=slip-net;opts:=intr,rsize=8192,wsize=8192

   Deprecated form: selectors_on_default.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: sun_map_syntax Parameter,  Prev: selectors_in_defaults Parameter,  Up: Common Parameters

6.4.9 sun_map_syntax Parameter
------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will parse the map
according to the Sun Automount syntax.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Global Parameters,  Next: Regular Map Parameters,  Prev: Common Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.5 Global Parameters
=====================

The following parameters are applicable to the `[global]' section only.

* Menu:

* arch Parameter::
* auto_attrcache Parameter::
* auto_dir Parameter::
* cache_duration Parameter::
* cluster Parameter::
* debug_mtab_file Parameter::
* debug_options Parameter::
* dismount_interval Parameter::
* domain_strip Parameter::
* exec_map_timeout Parameter::
* forced_unmounts Parameter::
* full_os Parameter::
* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter::
* hesiod_base Parameter::
* karch Parameter::
* ldap_base Parameter::
* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter::
* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter::
* ldap_hostports Parameter::
* ldap_proto_version Parameter::
* local_domain Parameter::
* localhost_address Parameter::
* log_file Parameter::
* log_options Parameter::
* map_reload_interval Parameter::
* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter::
* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter::
* nfs_proto Parameter::
* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::
* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter::
* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter::
* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter::
* nfs_retry_interval Parameter::
* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter::
* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter::
* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter::
* nfs_vers Parameter::
* nis_domain Parameter::
* normalize_hostnames Parameter::
* normalize_slashes Parameter::
* os Parameter::
* osver Parameter::
* pid_file Parameter::
* plock Parameter::
* portmap_program Parameter::
* preferred_amq_port Parameter::
* print_pid Parameter::
* print_version Parameter::
* restart_mounts Parameter::
* show_statfs_entries Parameter::
* truncate_log Parameter::
* unmount_on_exit Parameter::
* use_tcpwrappers Parameter::
* vendor Parameter::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: arch Parameter,  Next: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.1 arch Parameter
--------------------

(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-A' option
to Amd.  Allows you to override the value of the arch Amd variable.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Next: auto_dir Parameter,  Prev: arch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.2 auto_attrcache Parameter
------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify in seconds (or units of 0.1
seconds, depending on the OS), what is the (kernel-side) NFS attribute
cache timeout for Amd's own automount points.  A value of 0 is supposed
to turn off attribute caching, meaning that Amd will be consulted via a
kernel-RPC each time someone stat()'s the mount point (which could be
abused as a denial-of-service attack).

   _WARNING_: Amd depends on being able to turn off the NFS attribute
cache of the client OS.  If it cannot be turned off, then users may get
ESTALE errors or symlinks that point to the wrong places.  This is more
likely under heavy use of Amd, for example if your system is
experiencing frequent map changes or frequent mounts/unmounts.
Therefore, under normal circumstances, this parameter should remain set
to 0, to ensure that the attribute cache is indeed off.

   Unfortunately, some kernels (e.g., certain BSDs) don't have a way to
turn off the NFS attribute cache.  Setting this parameter to 0 is
supposed to turn off attribute caching entirely, but unfortunately it
does not; instead, the attribute cache is set to some internal
hard-coded default (usually anywhere from 5-30 seconds).  If you
suspect that your OS doesn't have a reliable way of turning off the
attribute cache, then it is better to set this parameter to the
smallest possible non-zero value (set `auto_attrcache=1' in your
`amd.conf').  This will not eliminate the problem, but reduce the risk
window somewhat.  The best solutions are (1) to use Amd in Autofs mode,
if it's supported in your OS, and (2) talk to your OS vendor to support
a true `noac' flag.  See the README.attrcache
(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/attrcache.txt) document for more
details.

   If you are able to turn off the attribute cache on your OS, alas,
Amd's performance may degrade (when not using Autofs) because every
traversal of an automounter-controlled pathname will result in a lookup
request from the kernel to Amd.  Under heavy loads, for example when
using recursive tools like `find', `rdist', or `rsync', this
performance degradation can be noticeable.  There are two possible
solutions that some administrators have chosen to improve performance:

  1. First, you can turn off unmounting using the `nounmount' mount
     option.  This will ensure that no Amd symlink could ever change,
     thereby the kernel's attribute cache and Amd will always be in
     sync.  However, this method will cause the number of mounts to keep
     growing, even if some are no longer in use; this has the
     disadvantage that your system could be more susceptible to hangs
     if even one of those accumulating mounts hangs due to a downed
     server.

  2. Second, you can turn on attribute caching carefully by setting a
     small automounter attribute cache value (say, one second), and a
     relatively large dismount interval (say, one hour).  (*Note
     dismount_interval Parameter::.)  For example, you can set this in
     your `amd.conf':

          [global]
          auto_attrcache = 1
          dismount_interval = 3600

     This has the benefit of using the kernel's attribute cache and thus
     improving performance.  The disadvantage with this option is that
     the window of vulnerability is not eliminated entirely: it is only
     made smaller.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: auto_dir Parameter,  Next: cache_duration Parameter,  Prev: auto_attrcache Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.3 auto_dir Parameter
------------------------

(type=string, default=`/a').  Same as the `-a' option to Amd.  This
sets the private directory where Amd will create sub-directories for
its real mount points.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: cache_duration Parameter,  Next: cluster Parameter,  Prev: auto_dir Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.4 cache_duration Parameter
------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=300).  Same as the `-c' option to Amd.  Sets the
duration in seconds that looked-up or mounted map entries remain in the
cache.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: cluster Parameter,  Next: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Prev: cache_duration Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.5 cluster Parameter
-----------------------

(type=string, default no cluster).  Same as the `-C' option to Amd.
Specifies the alternate HP-UX cluster to use.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Next: debug_options Parameter,  Prev: cluster Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.6 debug_mtab_file Parameter
-------------------------------

(type=string, default="/tmp/mtab").  Path to mtab file that is used by
Amd to store a list of mounted file systems during debug-mtab mode.
This option only applies to systems that store mtab information on disk.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: debug_options Parameter,  Next: dismount_interval Parameter,  Prev: debug_mtab_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.7 debug_options Parameter
-----------------------------

(type=string, default no debug options).  Same as the `-D' option to
Amd.  Specify any debugging options for Amd.  Works only if am-utils
was configured for debugging using the `--enable-debug' option.  The
additional `mem' option can be turned on via `--enable-debug=mem'.
Otherwise debugging options are ignored.  Options are comma delimited,
and can be preceded by the string `no' to negate their meaning.  You
can get the list of supported debugging and logging options by running
`amd -H'.  Possible values those listed for the -D option.  *Note -D
Option::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: dismount_interval Parameter,  Next: domain_strip Parameter,  Prev: debug_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.8 dismount_interval Parameter
---------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=120).  Same as the `-w' option to Amd.  Specify
in seconds, the time between attempts to dismount file systems that
have exceeded their cached times.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: domain_strip Parameter,  Next: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Prev: dismount_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.9 domain_strip Parameter
----------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`yes').  If `yes', then the domain name part
referred to by `${rhost}' is stripped off.  This is useful to keep logs
and smaller.  If `no', then the domain name part is left changed.  This
is useful when using multiple domains with the same maps (as you may
have hosts whose domain-stripped name is identical).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Next: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Prev: domain_strip Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.10 exec_map_timeout Parameter
---------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=10).  The timeout in seconds that Amd will wait
for an executable map program before an answer is returned from that
program (or script).  This value should be set to as small as possible
while still allowing normal replies to be returned before the timer
expires, because during the time that the executable map program is
queried, Amd is essentially waiting and is thus not responding to any
other queries.  *Note Executable maps::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Next: full_os Parameter,  Prev: exec_map_timeout Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.11 forced_unmounts Parameter
--------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  Sometimes, mount points are hung due to
unrecoverable conditions, such as when NFS servers migrate, change
their IP address, are down permanently, or due to hardware failures,
and more.  In this case, attempting to unmount an existing mount point,
or even just to stat(2) it, results in one of three fatal errors: EIO,
ESTALE, or EBUSY.  At that point, Amd can do little to recover that hung
point (in fact, the OS cannot automatically recover either).  For that
reason, some OSs support special kinds of forced unmounts, which must
be used very carefully: they will force an unmount immediately (or
lazily on Linux), which could result in application data loss.
However, that may be the only way to recover the entire host (without
rebooting).  Once a hung mount point is forced out, Amd can then
re-mount a replacement one (if available), bringing a mostly-hung
system back to operation and avoiding a potentially costly reboot.

   If the `forced_unmounts' option is set to `yes', and the client OS
supports forced or lazy unmounts, then Amd will attempt to use them if
it gets any of the three serious error conditions listed above.  Note
that Amd will force the unmount of mount points that returned EBUSY
only for `type:=toplvl' mounts (*note Top-level Filesystem::): that is,
Amd's own mount points.  This is useful to recover from a previously
hung Amd, and to ensure that an existing Amd can shutdown cleanly even
if some processes are keeping its mount points busy (i.e., when a
user's shell process uses `cd' to set its CWD to Amd's own mount point).

   If this option is set to `no' (the default), then Amd will not
attempt this special recovery procedure.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: full_os Parameter,  Next: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Prev: forced_unmounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.12 full_os Parameter
------------------------

(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The full name of the
operating system, along with its version.  Allows you to override the
compiled-in full name and version of the operating system.  Useful when
the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, the full operating
system name on linux comes up as `linux', but you can override it to
`linux-2.2.5'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Next: hesiod_base Parameter,  Prev: full_os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.13 fully_qualified_hosts Parameter
--------------------------------------

(type=string, default=`no').  If `yes', Amd will perform RPC
authentication using fully-qualified host names.  This is necessary for
some systems, and especially when performing cross-domain mounting.  For
this function to work, the Amd variable `${hostd}' is used, requiring
that `${domain}' not be null.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: hesiod_base Parameter,  Next: karch Parameter,  Prev: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.14 hesiod_base Parameter
----------------------------

(type=string, default=`automount').  Specify the base name for hesiod
maps.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: karch Parameter,  Next: ldap_base Parameter,  Prev: hesiod_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.15 karch Parameter
----------------------

(type=string, default to karch of the system).  Same as the `-k' option
to Amd.  Allows you to override the kernel-architecture of your system.
Useful for example on Sun (Sparc) machines, where you can build one
Amd binary, and run it on multiple machines, yet you want each one to
get the correct karch variable set (for example, sun4c, sun4m, sun4u,
etc.)  Note that if not specified, Amd will use uname(2) to figure out
the kernel architecture of the machine.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_base Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Prev: karch Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.16 ldap_base Parameter
--------------------------

(type=string, default not set).  Specify the base name for LDAP.  This
often includes LDAP-specific values such as country and organization.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Next: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Prev: ldap_base Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.17 ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter
----------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=131072).  Specify the maximum memory Amd should
use to cache LDAP entries.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Next: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.18 ldap_cache_seconds Parameter
-----------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify the number of seconds to keep
entries in the cache.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Next: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Prev: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.19 ldap_hostports Parameter
-------------------------------

(type=string, default not set).  Specify the LDAP host and port values.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Next: local_domain Parameter,  Prev: ldap_hostports Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.20 ldap_proto_version Parameter
-----------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=2).  Specify the LDAP protocol version to use.
With a value of 3 will use LDAPv3 protocol.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: local_domain Parameter,  Next: localhost_address Parameter,  Prev: ldap_proto_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.21 local_domain Parameter
-----------------------------

(type=string, default no sub-domain).  Same as the `-d' option to Amd.
Specify the local domain name.  If this option is not given the domain
name is determined from the hostname, by removing the first component
of the fully-qualified host name.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: localhost_address Parameter,  Next: log_file Parameter,  Prev: local_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.22 localhost_address Parameter
----------------------------------

(type=string, default to localhost or 127.0.0.1).  Specify the name or
IP address for Amd to use when connecting the sockets for the local NFS
server and the RPC server.  This defaults to 127.0.0.1 or whatever the
host reports as its local address.  This parameter is useful on hosts
with multiple addresses where you want to force Amd to connect to a
specific address.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_file Parameter,  Next: log_options Parameter,  Prev: localhost_address Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.23 log_file Parameter
-------------------------

(type=string, default=`stderr').  Same as the `-l' option to Amd.
Specify a file name to log Amd events to.  If the string `/dev/stderr'
is specified, Amd will send its events to the standard error file
descriptor.

   If the string `syslog' is given, Amd will record its events with the
system logger syslogd(8).  If your system supports syslog facilities,
then the default facility used is `LOG_DAEMON'.

   When using syslog, if you wish to change the facility, append its
name to the option name, delimited by a single colon.  For example, if
it is the string `syslog:local7' then Amd will log messages via
syslog(3) using the `LOG_LOCAL7' facility.  If the facility name
specified is not recognized, Amd will default to `LOG_DAEMON'.  Note:
while you can use any syslog facility available on your system, it is
generally a bad idea to use those reserved for other services such as
`kern', `lpr', `cron', etc.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: log_options Parameter,  Next: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Prev: log_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.24 log_options Parameter
----------------------------

(type=string, default="defaults").  Same as the `-x' option to Amd.
Specify any logging options for Amd.  Options are comma delimited, and
can be preceded by the string `no' to negate their meaning.  The
`debug' logging option is only available if am-utils was configured
with `--enable-debug'.  You can get the list of supported debugging
options by running `amd -H'.  Possible values are:

`all'
     all messages

`defaults'
     an alias for "fatal,error,user,warning,info"

`debug'
     debug messages

`error'
     non-fatal system errors (cannot be turned off)

`fatal'
     fatal errors (cannot be turned off)

`info'
     information

`map'
     map errors

`stats'
     additional statistical information

`user'
     non-fatal user errors

`warn'
     warnings

`warning'
     warnings


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Prev: log_options Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.25 map_reload_interval Parameter
------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=3600).  The number of seconds that Amd will wait
before it checks to see if any maps have changed at their source (NIS
servers, LDAP servers, files, etc.).  Amd will reload only those maps
that have changed.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Next: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Prev: map_reload_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.26 nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter
----------------------------------------

(type=string, default=`no').  Normally Amd accepts local NFS packets
only from 127.0.0.1.  If this parameter is set to `yes', then amd will
accept local NFS packets from any local interface; this is useful on
hosts that may have multiple interfaces where the system is forced to
send all outgoing packets (even those bound to the same host) via an
address other than 127.0.0.1.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Next: nfs_proto Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.27 nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter
----------------------------------------

(type=string, default=`no').  Normally Amd will refuse requests coming
from unprivileged ports (i.e., ports >= 1024 on Unix systems), so that
only privileged users and the kernel can send NFS requests to it.
However, some kernels (certain versions of Darwin, MacOS X, and Linux)
have bugs that cause them to use unprivileged ports in certain
situations, which causes Amd to stop dead in its tracks.  This
parameter allows Amd to operate normally even on such systems, at the
expense of a slight decrease in the security of its operations.  If you
see messages like "ignoring request from foo:1234, port not reserved"
in your Amd log, try enabling this parameter and give it another go.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_proto Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Prev: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.28 nfs_proto Parameter
--------------------------

(type=string, default to trying version tcp then udp).  By default, Amd
tries `tcp' and then `udp'.  This option forces the overall NFS
protocol used to TCP or UDP.  It overrides what is in the Amd maps, and
is useful when Amd is compiled with TCP support in NFSv2/NFSv3 that may
not be stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of
TCP for NFS dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use UDP
only, until such time as TCP support is desired again.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_proto Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.29 nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter
---------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the retransmit part of the `-t'
timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the number of NFS
retransmissions that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd using
either UDP or TCP mounts.  *Note -t Option::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.30 nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter
-------------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
parameter, but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note
nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.31 nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter
-------------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
parameter, but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note
nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.32 nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter
----------------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=11).  Same as the nfs_retransmit_counter
parameter, applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some
systems it is useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as
to better tune Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.33 nfs_retry_interval Parameter
-----------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the timeout part of the `-t'
timeout.retransmit option to Amd.  Specifies the NFS timeout interval,
in _tenths_ of seconds, between NFS/RPC retries (for UDP or TCP).  This
is the value that the kernel will use to communicate with Amd.  *Note
-t Option::.

   Amd relies on the kernel RPC retransmit mechanism to trigger mount
retries.  The values of the nfs_retransmit_counter and the
nfs_retry_interval parameters change the overall retry interval.  Too
long an interval gives poor interactive response; too short an interval
causes excessive retries.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.34 nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter
---------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
but applied globally only to UDP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Next: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.35 nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter
---------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
but applied globally only to TCP mounts.  *Note nfs_retry_interval
Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Next: nfs_vers Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.36 nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter
------------------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=8).  Same as the nfs_retry_interval parameter,
applied only for Amd's top-level UDP mounts.  On some systems it is
useful to set this differently than the OS default, so as to better
tune Amd's responsiveness under heavy scheduler loads.  *Note
nfs_retry_interval Parameter::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nfs_vers Parameter,  Next: nis_domain Parameter,  Prev: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.37 nfs_vers Parameter
-------------------------

(type=numeric, default to trying version 3 then 2).  By default, Amd
tries version 3 and then version 2.  This option forces the overall NFS
protocol used to version 3 or 2.  It overrides what is in the Amd maps,
and is useful when Amd is compiled with NFSv3 support that may not be
stable.  With this option you can turn off the complete usage of NFSv3
dynamically (without having to recompile Amd), and use NFSv2 only,
until such time as NFSv3 support is desired again.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: nis_domain Parameter,  Next: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Prev: nfs_vers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.38 nis_domain Parameter
---------------------------

(type=string, default to local NIS domain name).  Same as the `-y'
option to Amd.  Specify an alternative NIS domain from which to fetch
the NIS maps.  The default is the system domain name.  This option is
ignored if NIS support is not available.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Next: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Prev: nis_domain Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.39 normalize_hostnames Parameter
------------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-n' option to Amd.  If
`yes', then the name referred to by `${rhost}' is normalized relative
to the host database before being used.  The effect is to translate
aliases into "official" names.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Next: os Parameter,  Prev: normalize_hostnames Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.40 normalize_slashes Parameter
----------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`yes').  If `yes' then amd will condense all
multiple `/' (slash) characters into one and remove all trailing
slashes.  If `no', then amd will not touch strings that may contain
repeated or trailing slashes.  The latter is sometimes useful with SMB
mounts, which often require multiple slash characters in pathnames.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: os Parameter,  Next: osver Parameter,  Prev: normalize_slashes Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.41 os Parameter
-------------------

(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-O' option
to Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in name of the operating
system.  Useful when the built-in name is not desired for backward
compatibility reasons.  For example, if the built-in name is `sunos5',
you can override it to `sos5', and use older maps which were written
with the latter in mind.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: osver Parameter,  Next: pid_file Parameter,  Prev: os Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.42 osver Parameter
----------------------

(type=string, default to compiled in value).  Same as the `-o' option
to Amd.  Allows you to override the compiled-in version number of the
operating system.  Useful when the built-in version is not desired for
backward compatibility reasons.  For example, if the build in version
is `2.5.1', you can override it to `5.5.1', and use older maps that
were written with the latter in mind.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: pid_file Parameter,  Next: plock Parameter,  Prev: osver Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.43 pid_file Parameter
-------------------------

(type=string, default=`/dev/stdout').  Specify a file to store the
process ID of the running daemon into.  If not specified, Amd will
print its process id onto the standard output.  Useful for killing Amd
after it had run.  Note that the PID of a running Amd can also be
retrieved via Amq (*note Amq -p option::).

   This file is used only if the `print_pid' option is on (*note
print_pid Parameter::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: plock Parameter,  Next: portmap_program Parameter,  Prev: pid_file Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.44 plock Parameter
----------------------

(type=boolean, default=`yes').  Same as the `-S' option to Amd.  If
`yes', lock the running executable pages of Amd into memory.  To
improve Amd's performance, systems that support the plock(3) or
mlockall(2) call can lock the Amd process into memory.  This way there
is less chance the operating system will schedule, page out, and swap
the Amd process as needed.  This improves Amd's performance, at the
cost of reserving the memory used by the Amd process (making it
unavailable for other processes).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: portmap_program Parameter,  Next: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Prev: plock Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.45 portmap_program Parameter
--------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=300019).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC
program number, other than the official number.  This is useful when
running multiple Amd processes.  For example, you can run another Amd
in "test" mode, without affecting the primary Amd process in any way.
For safety reasons, the alternate program numbers that can be specified
must be in the range 300019-300029, inclusive.  Amq has an option `-P'
which can be used to specify an alternate program number of an Amd to
contact.  In this way, amq can fully control any number of Amd
processes running on the same host.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Next: print_pid Parameter,  Prev: portmap_program Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.46 preferred_amq_port Parameter
-----------------------------------

(type=numeric, default=0).  Specify an alternate Port-mapper RPC port
number for Amd's Amq service.  This is used for both UDP and TCP.
Setting this value to 0 (or not defining it) will cause Amd to select
an arbitrary port number.  Setting the Amq RPC service port to a
specific number is useful in firewalled or NAT'ed environments, where
you need to know which port Amd will listen on.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_pid Parameter,  Next: print_version Parameter,  Prev: preferred_amq_port Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.47 print_pid Parameter
--------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-p' option to Amd.  If
`yes', Amd will print its process ID upon starting.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: print_version Parameter,  Next: restart_mounts Parameter,  Prev: print_pid Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.48 print_version Parameter
------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-v' option to Amd, but the
version prints and Amd continues to run.  If `yes', Amd will print its
version information string, which includes some configuration and
compilation values.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: restart_mounts Parameter,  Next: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Prev: print_version Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.49 restart_mounts Parameter
-------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  Same as the `-r' option to Amd.  If
`yes' Amd will scan the mount table to determine which file systems are
currently mounted.  Whenever one of these would have been auto-mounted,
Amd inherits it.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Next: truncate_log Parameter,  Prev: restart_mounts Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.50 show_statfs_entries Parameter
------------------------------------

(type=boolean), default=`no').  If `yes', then all maps which are
browsable will also show the number of entries (keys) they have when
df(1) runs. (This is accomplished by returning non-zero values to the
statfs(2) system call).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: truncate_log Parameter,  Next: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Prev: show_statfs_entries Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.51 truncate_log Parameter
-----------------------------

(type=boolean), default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will truncate the
log file (if it's a regular file) on startup.  This could be useful
when conducting extensive testing on Amd maps (or Amd itself) and you
don't want to see log data from a previous run in the same file.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Next: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Prev: truncate_log Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.52 unmount_on_exit Parameter
--------------------------------

(type=boolean, default=`no').  If `yes', then Amd will attempt to
unmount all file systems which it knows about.  Normally it leaves all
(esp. NFS) mounted file systems intact.  Note that Amd does not know
about file systems mounted before it starts up, unless the
`restart_mounts' option is used (*note restart_mounts Parameter::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Next: vendor Parameter,  Prev: unmount_on_exit Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.53 use_tcpwrappers Parameter
--------------------------------

(type=boolean), default=`yes').  If `yes', then amd will use the
tcpwrappers (tcpd/librwap) library (if available) to control access to
Amd via the `/etc/hosts.allow' and `/etc/hosts.deny' files.  Amd will
verify that the host running Amq is authorized to connect.  The `amd'
service name must used in the `/etc/hosts.allow' and `/etc/hosts.deny'
files.  For example, to allow only localhost to connect to Amd, add
this line to `/etc/hosts.allow':

     amd: localhost

   and this line to `/etc/hosts.deny':

     amd: ALL

   Consult the man pages for hosts_access(5) for more information on
using the tcpwrappers access-control library.

   Note that in particular, you should not configure your `hosts.allow'
file to spawn a command for Amd: that will cause Amd to not be able to
`waitpid' on the child process ID of any background un/mount that Amd
issued, resulting in a confused Amd that does not know what happened to
those background un/mount requests.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: vendor Parameter,  Prev: use_tcpwrappers Parameter,  Up: Global Parameters

6.5.54 vendor Parameter
-----------------------

(type=string, default to compiled in value).  The name of the vendor of
the operating system.  Overrides the compiled-in vendor name.  Useful
when the compiled-in name is not desired.  For example, most Intel based
systems set the vendor name to `unknown', but you can set it to
`redhat'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Regular Map Parameters,  Next: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Global Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.6 Regular Map Parameters
==========================

The following parameters are applicable only to regular map sections.

* Menu:

* map_name Parameter::
* tag Parameter::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: map_name Parameter,  Next: tag Parameter,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Regular Map Parameters

6.6.1 map_name Parameter
------------------------

(type=string, must be specified).  Name of the map where the keys are
located.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: tag Parameter,  Prev: map_name Parameter,  Up: Regular Map Parameters

6.6.2 tag Parameter
-------------------

(type=string, default no tag).  Each map entry in the configuration file
can be tagged.  If no tag is specified, that map section will always be
processed by Amd.  If it is specified, then Amd will process the map if
the `-T' option was given to Amd, and the value given to that
command-line option matches that in the map section.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd.conf Examples,  Prev: Regular Map Parameters,  Up: Amd Configuration File

6.7 amd.conf Examples
=====================

The following is the actual `amd.conf' file I used at the Computer
Science Department of Columbia University.

     # GLOBAL OPTIONS SECTION
     [ global ]
     normalize_hostnames =    no
     print_pid =              no
     #pid_file =              /var/run/amd.pid
     restart_mounts =         yes
     #unmount_on_exit =       yes
     auto_dir =               /n
     log_file =               /var/log/amd
     log_options =            all
     #debug_options =         defaults
     plock =                  no
     selectors_in_defaults =  yes
     # config.guess picks up "sunos5" and I don't want to edit my maps yet
     os =                     sos5
     # if you print_version after setting up "os", it will show it.
     print_version =          no
     map_type =               file
     search_path =            /etc/amdmaps:/usr/lib/amd:/usr/local/AMD/lib
     browsable_dirs =         yes
     fully_qualified_hosts =  no

     # DEFINE AN AMD MOUNT POINT
     [ /u ]
     map_name =               amd.u

     [ /proj ]
     map_name =               amd.proj

     [ /src ]
     map_name =               amd.src

     [ /misc ]
     map_name =               amd.misc

     [ /import ]
     map_name =               amd.import

     [ /tftpboot/.amd ]
     tag =                    tftpboot
     map_name =               amd.tftpboot


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Run-time Administration,  Next: FSinfo,  Prev: Amd Configuration File,  Up: Top

7 Run-time Administration
*************************

* Menu:

* Starting Amd::
* Stopping Amd::
* Restarting Amd::
* Controlling Amd::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Starting Amd,  Next: Stopping Amd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Run-time Administration

7.1 Starting Amd
================

Amd is best started from `/etc/rc.local' on BSD systems, or from the
appropriate start-level script in `/etc/init.d' on System V systems.

     if [ -f /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd ]; then
         /usr/local/sbin/ctl-amd start; (echo -n ' amd') > /dev/console
     fi

The shell script, `ctl-amd' is used to start, stop, or restart Amd.  It
is a relatively generic script.  All options you want to set should not
be made in this script, but rather updated in the `amd.conf' file.
*Note Amd Configuration File::.

   If you do not wish to use an Amd configuration file, you may start
Amd manually.  For example, getting the map entries via NIS:

     amd -r -l /var/log/amd `ypcat -k auto.master`


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Stopping Amd,  Next: Restarting Amd,  Prev: Starting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration

7.2 Stopping Amd
================

Amd stops in response to two signals.

`SIGTERM'
     causes the top-level automount points to be unmounted and then Amd
     to exit.  Any automounted filesystems are left mounted.  They can
     be recovered by restarting Amd with the `-r' command line option.

`SIGINT'
     causes Amd to attempt to unmount any filesystems which it has
     automounted, in addition to the actions of `SIGTERM'.  This signal
     is primarily used for debugging.

   Actions taken for other signals are undefined.

   The easiest and safest way to stop Amd, without having to find its
process ID by hand, is to use the `ctl-amd' script, as with:

     ctl-amd stop


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Restarting Amd,  Next: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Stopping Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration

7.3 Restarting Amd
==================

Before Amd can be started, it is vital to ensure that no other Amd
processes are managing any of the mount points, and that the previous
process(es) have terminated cleanly.  When a terminating signal is set
to Amd, the automounter does _not_ terminate right then.  Rather, it
starts by unmounting all of its managed mount mounts in the background,
and then terminates.  It usually takes a few seconds for this process
to happen, but it can take an arbitrarily longer time.  If two or more
Amd processes attempt to manage the same mount point, it usually will
result in a system lockup.

   The easiest and safest way to restart Amd, without having to find
its process ID by hand, sending it the `SIGTERM' signal, waiting for Amd
to die cleanly, and verifying so, is to use the `ctl-amd' script, as
with:

     ctl-amd restart

   The script will locate the process ID of Amd, kill it, and wait for
it to die cleanly before starting a new instance of the automounter.
`ctl-amd' will wait for a total of 30 seconds for Amd to die, and will
check once every 5 seconds if it had.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Controlling Amd,  Prev: Restarting Amd,  Up: Run-time Administration

7.4 Controlling Amd
===================

It is sometimes desirable or necessary to exercise external control
over some of Amd's internal state.  To support this requirement, Amd
implements an RPC interface which is used by the "Amq" program.  A
variety of information is available.

   Amq generally applies an operation, specified by a single letter
option, to a list of mount points.  The default operation is to obtain
statistics about each mount point.  This is similar to the output shown
above but includes information about the number and type of accesses to
each mount point.

* Menu:

* Amq default::       Default command behavior.
* Amq -f option::     Flushing the map cache.
* Amq -h option::     Controlling a non-local host.
* Amq -H option::     Print help message.
* Amq -l option::     Controlling the log file.
* Amq -m option::     Obtaining mount statistics.
* Amq -p option::     Getting Amd's process ID.
* Amq -P option::     Contacting alternate Amd processes.
* Amq -q option::     Suppress synchronous unmounting errors.
* Amq -s option::     Obtaining global statistics.
* Amq -T option::     Use TCP transport.
* Amq -U option::     Use UDP transport.
* Amq -u option::     Forcing volumes to time out.
* Amq -v option::     Version information.
* Amq -w option::     Print Amd current working directory.
* Other Amq options:: Three other special options.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq default,  Next: Amq -f option,  Prev: Controlling Amd,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.1 Amq default information
-----------------------------

With no arguments, "Amq" obtains a brief list of all existing mounts
created by Amd.  This is different from the list displayed by df(1)
since the latter only includes system mount points.

The output from this option includes the following information:

   * the automount point,

   * the filesystem type,

   * the mount map or mount information,

   * the internal, or system mount point.

For example:

     /            root   "root"                    sky:(pid75)
     /homes       toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.homes  /homes
     /home        toplvl /usr/local/etc/amd.home   /home
     /homes/jsp   nfs    charm:/home/charm         /a/charm/home/charm/jsp
     /homes/phjk  nfs    toytown:/home/toytown     /a/toytown/home/toytown/ai/phjk

If an argument is given then statistics for that volume name will be
output.  For example:

     What         Uid   Getattr Lookup RdDir   RdLnk   Statfs Mounted@
     /homes       0     1196    512    22      0       30     90/09/14 12:32:55
     /homes/jsp   0     0       0      0       1180    0      90/10/13 12:56:58

`What'
     the volume name.

`Uid'
     ignored.

`Getattr'
     the count of NFS "getattr" requests on this node.  This should
     only be non-zero for directory nodes.

`Lookup'
     the count of NFS "lookup" requests on this node.  This should only
     be non-zero for directory nodes.

`RdDir'
     the count of NFS "readdir" requests on this node.  This should only
     be non-zero for directory nodes.

`RdLnk'
     the count of NFS "readlink" requests on this node.  This should be
     zero for directory nodes.

`Statfs'
     the count of NFS "statfs" requests on this node.  This should only
     be non-zero for top-level automount points.

`Mounted@'
     the date and time the volume name was first referenced.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -f option,  Next: Amq -h option,  Prev: Amq default,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.2 Amq `-f' option
---------------------

The `-f' option causes Amd to flush the internal mount map cache.  This
is useful for example in Hesiod maps since Amd will not automatically
notice when they have been updated.  The map cache can also be
synchronized with the map source by using the `sync' option (*note
Automount Filesystem::).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -h option,  Next: Amq -H option,  Prev: Amq -f option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.3 Amq `-h' option
---------------------

By default the local host is used.  In an HP-UX cluster the root server
is used since that is the only place in the cluster where Amd will be
running.  To query Amd on another host the `-h' option should be used.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -H option,  Next: Amq -l option,  Prev: Amq -h option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.4 Amq `-H' option
---------------------

Print a brief help and usage string.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -l option,  Next: Amq -m option,  Prev: Amq -H option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.5 Amq `-l' option
---------------------

Tell Amd to use log_file as the log file name.  For security reasons,
this _must_ be the same log file which Amd used when started.  This
option is therefore only useful to refresh Amd's open file handle on
the log file, so that it can be rotated and compressed via daily cron
jobs.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -m option,  Next: Amq -p option,  Prev: Amq -l option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.6 Amq `-m' option
---------------------

The `-m' option displays similar information about mounted filesystems,
rather than automount points.  The output includes the following
information:

   * the mount information,

   * the mount point,

   * the filesystem type,

   * the number of references to this filesystem,

   * the server hostname,

   * the state of the file server,

   * any error which has occurred.

   For example:

     "root"           truth:(pid602)     root   1 localhost is up
     hesiod.home      /home              toplvl 1 localhost is up
     hesiod.vol       /vol               toplvl 1 localhost is up
     hesiod.homes     /homes             toplvl 1 localhost is up
     amy:/home/amy    /a/amy/home/amy    nfs    5 amy is up
     swan:/home/swan  /a/swan/home/swan  nfs    0 swan is up (Permission denied)
     ex:/home/ex      /a/ex/home/ex      nfs    0 ex is down

   When the reference count is zero the filesystem is not mounted but
the mount point and server information is still being maintained by Amd.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -p option,  Next: Amq -P option,  Prev: Amq -m option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.7 Amq `-p' option
---------------------

Return the process ID of the remote or locally running Amd.  Useful
when you need to send a signal to the local Amd process, and would
rather not have to search through the process table.  This option is
used in the `ctl-amd' script.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -P option,  Next: Amq -q option,  Prev: Amq -p option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.8 Amq `-P' option
---------------------

Contact an alternate running Amd that had registered itself on a
different RPC PROGRAM_NUMBER and apply all other operations to that
instance of the automounter.  This is useful when you run multiple
copies of Amd, and need to manage each one separately.  If not
specified, Amq will use the default program number for Amd, 300019.
For security reasons, the only alternate program numbers Amd can use
range from 300019 to 300029, inclusive.

   For example, to kill an alternate running Amd:

     kill `amq -p -P 300020`


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -q option,  Next: Amq -s option,  Prev: Amq -P option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.9 Amq `-q' option
---------------------

Suppress any error messages produced when a synchronous unmount fails.
See *Note Amq -u option::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -s option,  Next: Amq -T option,  Prev: Amq -q option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.10 Amq `-s' option
----------------------

The `-s' option displays global statistics.  If any other options are
specified or any filesystems named then this option is ignored.  For
example:

     requests  stale     mount     mount     unmount
     deferred  fhandles  ok        failed    failed
     1054      1         487       290       7017

`Deferred requests'
     are those for which an immediate reply could not be constructed.
     For example, this would happen if a background mount was required.

`Stale filehandles'
     counts the number of times the kernel passes a stale filehandle to
     Amd.  Large numbers indicate problems.

`Mount ok'
     counts the number of automounts which were successful.

`Mount failed'
     counts the number of automounts which failed.

`Unmount failed'
     counts the number of times a filesystem could not be unmounted.
     Very large numbers here indicate that the time between unmount
     attempts should be increased.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -T option,  Next: Amq -U option,  Prev: Amq -s option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.11 Amq `-T' option
----------------------

The `-T' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the TCP transport
only (connection oriented).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if
that failed, will try UDP.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -U option,  Next: Amq -u option,  Prev: Amq -T option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.12 Amq `-U' option
----------------------

The `-U' option causes the Amq to contact Amd using the UDP transport
only (connectionless).  Normally, Amq will use TCP first, and if that
failed, will try UDP.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -u option,  Next: Amq -v option,  Prev: Amq -U option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.13 Amq `-u' option
----------------------

The `-u' option causes the time-to-live interval of the named mount
points to be expired, thus causing an unmount attempt.  This is the
only safe way to unmount an automounted filesystem.  If `-u' is
repeated, then Amd will attempt to unmount the filesystem
synchronously.  This makes things like

     amq -uu /t/cd0d && eject cd0

work as expected.  Any error messages this might produce can be
suppressed with the `-q' option.  See *Note Amq -q option::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -v option,  Next: Amq -w option,  Prev: Amq -u option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.14 Amq `-v' option
----------------------

The `-v' option displays the version of Amd in a similar way to Amd's
`-v' option.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Amq -w option,  Next: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -v option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.15 Amq `-w' option
----------------------

The `-w' option translates a full pathname as returned by getpwd(3)
into a short Amd pathname that goes through its mount points.  This
option requires that Amd is running.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Other Amq options,  Prev: Amq -w option,  Up: Controlling Amd

7.4.16 Other Amq options
------------------------

Two other operations are implemented.  These modify the state of Amd as
a whole, rather than any particular filesystem.  The `-x' and `-D'
options have exactly the same effect as Amd's corresponding command
line options.

   When Amd receives the `-x' flag, it disallows turning off the
`fatal' or `error' flags.  Both are on by default.  They are mandatory
so that Amd could report important errors, including errors relating to
turning flags on/off.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo,  Next: Hlfsd,  Prev: Run-time Administration,  Up: Top

8 FSinfo
********

XXX: this chapter should be reviewed by someone knowledgeable with
fsinfo.

* Menu:

* FSinfo Overview::                 Introduction to FSinfo.
* Using FSinfo::                    Basic concepts.
* FSinfo Grammar::                  Language syntax, semantics and examples.
* FSinfo host definitions::         Defining a new host.
* FSinfo host attributes::          Definable host attributes.
* FSinfo filesystems::              Defining locally attached filesystems.
* FSinfo static mounts::            Defining additional static mounts.
* FSinfo automount definitions::
* FSinfo Command Line Options::
* FSinfo errors::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Overview,  Next: Using FSinfo,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo

8.1 FSinfo overview
===================

FSinfo is a filesystem management tool.  It has been designed to work
with Amd to help system administrators keep track of the ever
increasing filesystem namespace under their control.

   The purpose of FSinfo is to generate all the important standard
filesystem data files from a single set of input data.  Starting with a
single data source guarantees that all the generated files are
self-consistent.  One of the possible output data formats is a set of
Amd maps which can be used among the set of hosts described in the
input data.

   FSinfo implements a declarative language.  This language is
specifically designed for describing filesystem namespace and physical
layouts.  The basic declaration defines a mounted filesystem including
its device name, mount point, and all the volumes and access
permissions.  FSinfo reads this information and builds an internal map
of the entire network of hosts.  Using this map, many different data
formats can be produced including `/etc/fstab', `/etc/exports', Amd
mount maps and `/etc/bootparams'.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Using FSinfo,  Next: FSinfo Grammar,  Prev: FSinfo Overview,  Up: FSinfo

8.2 Using FSinfo
================

The basic strategy when using FSinfo is to gather all the information
about all disks on all machines into one set of declarations.  For each
machine being managed, the following data is required:

   * Hostname

   * List of all filesystems and, optionally, their mount points.

   * Names of volumes stored on each filesystem.

   * NFS export information for each volume.

   * The list of static filesystem mounts.

   The following information can also be entered into the same
configuration files so that all data can be kept in one place.

   * List of network interfaces

   * IP address of each interface

   * Hardware address of each interface

   * Dumpset to which each filesystem belongs

   * and more ...

   To generate Amd mount maps, the automount tree must also be defined
(*note FSinfo automount definitions::).  This will have been designed at
the time the volume names were allocated.  Some volume names will not be
automounted, so FSinfo needs an explicit list of which volumes should
be automounted.

   Hostnames are required at several places in the FSinfo language.  It
is important to stick to either fully qualified names or unqualified
names.  Using a mixture of the two will inevitably result in confusion.

   Sometimes volumes need to be referenced which are not defined in the
set of hosts being managed with FSinfo.  The required action is to add a
dummy set of definitions for the host and volume names required.  Since
the files generated for those particular hosts will not be used on them,
the exact values used is not critical.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Grammar,  Next: FSinfo host definitions,  Prev: Using FSinfo,  Up: FSinfo

8.3 FSinfo grammar
==================

FSinfo has a relatively simple grammar.  Distinct syntactic constructs
exist for each of the different types of data, though they share a
common flavor.  Several conventions are used in the grammar fragments
below.

   The notation, list(xxx), indicates a list of zero or more xxx's.
The notation, opt(xxx), indicates zero or one xxx.  Items in double
quotes, eg "host", represent input tokens.  Items in angle brackets, eg
<HOSTNAME>, represent strings in the input.  Strings need not be in
double quotes, except to differentiate them from reserved words.
Quoted strings may include the usual set of C "\" escape sequences with
one exception: a backslash-newline-whitespace sequence is squashed into
a single space character.  To defeat this feature, put a further
backslash at the start of the second line.

   At the outermost level of the grammar, the input consists of a
sequence of host and automount declarations.  These declarations are
all parsed before they are analyzed.  This means they can appear in any
order and cyclic host references are possible.

     fsinfo      : list(fsinfo_attr) ;

     fsinfo_attr : host | automount ;

* Menu:

* FSinfo host definitions::
* FSinfo automount definitions::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host definitions,  Next: FSinfo host attributes,  Prev: FSinfo Grammar,  Up: FSinfo

8.4 FSinfo host definitions
===========================

A host declaration consists of three parts: a set of machine attribute
data, a list of filesystems physically attached to the machine, and a
list of additional statically mounted filesystems.

     host        : "host" host_data list(filesystem) list(mount) ;

   Each host must be declared in this way exactly once.  Such things as
the hardware address, the architecture and operating system types and
the cluster name are all specified within the "host data".

   All the disks the machine has should then be described in the "list
of filesystems".  When describing disks, you can specify what "volname"
the disk/partition should have and all such entries are built up into a
dictionary which can then be used for building the automounter maps.

   The "list of mounts" specifies all the filesystems that should be
statically mounted on the machine.

* Menu:

* FSinfo host attributes::
* FSinfo filesystems::
* FSinfo static mounts::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo host attributes,  Next: FSinfo filesystems,  Prev: FSinfo host definitions,  Up: FSinfo host definitions

8.5 FSinfo host attributes
==========================

The host data, "host_data", always includes the "hostname".  In
addition, several other host attributes can be given.

     host_data   : <HOSTNAME>
                 | "{" list(host_attrs) "}" <HOSTNAME>
                 ;

     host_attrs  : host_attr "=" <STRING>
                 | netif
                 ;

     host_attr   : "config"
                 | "arch"
                 | "os"
                 | "cluster"
                 ;

   The "hostname" is, typically, the fully qualified hostname of the
machine.

   Examples:

     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk

     host {
         os = hpux
         arch = hp300
     } dougal.doc.ic.ac.uk

   The options that can be given as host attributes are shown below.

* Menu:

* FSinfo netif Option::         FSinfo host netif.
* FSinfo config Option::        FSinfo host config.
* FSinfo arch Option::          FSinfo host arch.
* FSinfo os Option::            FSinfo host os.
* FSinfo cluster Option::       FSinfo host cluster.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo netif Option,  Next: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes

8.5.1 netif Option
------------------

This defines the set of network interfaces configured on the machine.
The interface attributes collected by FSinfo are the IP address, subnet
mask and hardware address.  Multiple interfaces may be defined for
hosts with several interfaces by an entry for each interface.  The
values given are sanity checked, but are currently unused for anything
else.

     netif       : "netif" <STRING> "{" list(netif_attrs) "}" ;

     netif_attrs : netif_attr "=" <STRING> ;

     netif_attr  : "inaddr" | "netmask" | "hwaddr" ;

   Examples:

     netif ie0 {
         inaddr  = 129.31.81.37
         netmask = 0xfffffe00
         hwaddr  = "08:00:20:01:a6:a5"
     }

     netif ec0 { }


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo config Option,  Next: FSinfo arch Option,  Prev: FSinfo netif Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes

8.5.2 config Option
-------------------

This option allows you to specify configuration variables for the
startup scripts (`rc' scripts).  A simple string should immediately
follow the keyword.

   Example:

     config "NFS_SERVER=true"
     config "ZEPHYR=true"

   This option is currently unsupported.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo arch Option,  Next: FSinfo os Option,  Prev: FSinfo config Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes

8.5.3 arch Option
-----------------

This defines the architecture of the machine.  For example:

     arch = hp300

   This is intended to be of use when building architecture specific
mountmaps, however, the option is currently unsupported.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo os Option,  Next: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo arch Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes

8.5.4 os Option
---------------

This defines the operating system type of the host.  For example:

     os = hpux

   This information is used when creating the `fstab' files, for
example in choosing which format to use for the `fstab' entries within
the file.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo cluster Option,  Prev: FSinfo os Option,  Up: FSinfo host attributes

8.5.5 cluster Option
--------------------

This is used for specifying in which cluster the machine belongs.  For
example:

     cluster = "theory"

   The cluster is intended to be used when generating the automount
maps, although it is currently unsupported.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo filesystems,  Next: FSinfo static mounts,  Prev: FSinfo host attributes,  Up: FSinfo host definitions

8.6 FSinfo filesystems
======================

The list of physically attached filesystems follows the machine
attributes.  These should define all the filesystems available from this
machine, whether exported or not.  In addition to the device name,
filesystems have several attributes, such as filesystem type, mount
options, and `fsck' pass number which are needed to generate `fstab'
entries.

     filesystem  : "fs" <DEVICE> "{" list(fs_data) "}" ;

     fs_data     : fs_data_attr "=" <STRING>
                 | mount
                 ;

     fs_data_attr
                 : "fstype" | "opts" | "passno"
                 | "freq" | "dumpset" | "log"
                 ;

   Here, <DEVICE> is the device name of the disk (for example,
`/dev/dsk/2s0').  The device name is used for building the mount maps
and for the `fstab' file.  The attributes that can be specified are
shown in the following section.

   The FSinfo configuration file for `dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk' is listed
below.

     host dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk

     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
             fstype = swap
     }

     fs /dev/dsk/0s0 {
             fstype = hfs
             opts = rw,noquota,grpid
             passno = 0;
             freq = 1;
             mount / { }
     }

     fs /dev/dsk/1s0 {
             fstype = hfs
             opts = defaults
             passno = 1;
             freq = 1;
             mount /usr {
                     local {
                             exportfs "dougal eden dylan zebedee brian"
                             volname /nfs/hp300/local
                     }
             }
     }

     fs /dev/dsk/2s0 {
             fstype = hfs
             opts = defaults
             passno = 1;
             freq = 1;
             mount default {
                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
                     volname /home/dylan/dk2
             }
     }

     fs /dev/dsk/3s0 {
             fstype = hfs
             opts = defaults
             passno = 1;
             freq = 1;
             mount default {
                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
                     volname /home/dylan/dk3
             }
     }

     fs /dev/dsk/5s0 {
             fstype = hfs
             opts = defaults
             passno = 1;
             freq = 1;
             mount default {
                     exportfs "toytown_clients hangers_on"
                     volname /home/dylan/dk5
             }
     }

* Menu:

* FSinfo fstype Option::        FSinfo filesystems fstype.
* FSinfo opts Option::          FSinfo filesystems opts.
* FSinfo passno Option::        FSinfo filesystems passno.
* FSinfo freq Option::          FSinfo filesystems freq.
* FSinfo mount Option::         FSinfo filesystems mount.
* FSinfo dumpset Option::       FSinfo filesystems dumpset.
* FSinfo log Option::           FSinfo filesystems log.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo fstype Option,  Next: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.1 fstype Option
-------------------

This specifies the type of filesystem being declared and will be placed
into the `fstab' file as is.  The value of this option will be handed
to `mount' as the filesystem type--it should have such values as `4.2',
`nfs' or `swap'.  The value is not examined for correctness.

   There is one special case.  If the filesystem type is specified as
`export' then the filesystem information will not be added to the
host's `fstab' information, but it will still be visible on the
network.  This is useful for defining hosts which contain referenced
volumes but which are not under full control of FSinfo.

   Example:

     fstype = swap


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo opts Option,  Next: FSinfo passno Option,  Prev: FSinfo fstype Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.2 opts Option
-----------------

This defines any options that should be given to mount(8) in the
`fstab' file.  For example:

     opts = rw,nosuid,grpid


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo passno Option,  Next: FSinfo freq Option,  Prev: FSinfo opts Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.3 passno Option
-------------------

This defines the fsck(8) pass number in which to check the filesystem.
This value will be placed into the `fstab' file.

   Example:

     passno = 1


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo freq Option,  Next: FSinfo mount Option,  Prev: FSinfo passno Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.4 freq Option
-----------------

This defines the interval (in days) between dumps.  The value is placed
as is into the `fstab' file.

   Example:

     freq = 3


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo mount Option,  Next: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Prev: FSinfo freq Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.5 mount Option
------------------

This defines the mountpoint at which to place the filesystem.  If the
mountpoint of the filesystem is specified as `default', then the
filesystem will be mounted in the automounter's tree under its volume
name and the mount will automatically be inherited by the automounter.

   Following the mountpoint, namespace information for the filesystem
may be described.  The options that can be given here are `exportfs',
`volname' and `sel'.

   The format is:

     mount       : "mount" vol_tree ;

     vol_tree    : list(vol_tree_attr) ;

     vol_tree_attr
                 :  <STRING> "{" list(vol_tree_info) vol_tree "}" ;

     vol_tree_info
                 : "exportfs" <EXPORT-DATA>
                 | "volname" <VOLNAME>
                 | "sel" <SELECTOR-LIST>
                 ;

   Example:

     mount default {
         exportfs "dylan dougal florence zebedee"
         volname /vol/andrew
     }

   In the above example, the filesystem currently being declared will
have an entry placed into the `exports' file allowing the filesystem to
be exported to the machines `dylan', `dougal', `florence' and
`zebedee'.  The volume name by which the filesystem will be referred to
remotely, is `/vol/andrew'.  By declaring the mountpoint to be
`default', the filesystem will be mounted on the local machine in the
automounter tree, where Amd will automatically inherit the mount as
`/vol/andrew'.

`exportfs'
     a string defining which machines the filesystem may be exported to.
     This is copied, as is, into the `exports' file--no sanity checking
     is performed on this string.

`volname'
     a string which declares the remote name by which to reference the
     filesystem.  The string is entered into a dictionary and allows
     you to refer to this filesystem in other places by this volume
     name.

`sel'
     a string which is placed into the automounter maps as a selector
     for the filesystem.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Next: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo mount Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.6 dumpset Option
--------------------

This provides support for Imperial College's local file backup tools and
is not documented further here.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo log Option,  Prev: FSinfo dumpset Option,  Up: FSinfo filesystems

8.6.7 log Option
----------------

Specifies the log device for the current filesystem. This is ignored if
not required by the particular filesystem type.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo static mounts,  Next: FSinfo automount definitions,  Prev: FSinfo filesystems,  Up: FSinfo host definitions

8.7 FSinfo static mounts
========================

Each host may also have a number of statically mounted filesystems.  For
example, the host may be a diskless workstation in which case it will
have no `fs' declarations.  In this case the `mount' declaration is
used to determine from where its filesystems will be mounted.  In
addition to being added to the `fstab' file, this information can also
be used to generate a suitable `bootparams' file.

     mount       : "mount" <VOLNAME> list(localinfo) ;

     localinfo   : localinfo_attr <STRING> ;

     localinfo_attr
                 : "as"
                 | "from"
                 | "fstype"
                 | "opts"
                 ;

   The filesystem specified to be mounted will be searched for in the
dictionary of volume names built when scanning the list of hosts'
definitions.

   The attributes have the following semantics:
`from MACHINE'
     mount the filesystem from the machine with the hostname of
     "machine".

`as MOUNTPOINT'
     mount the filesystem locally as the name given, in case this is
     different from the advertised volume name of the filesystem.

`opts OPTIONS'
     native mount(8) options.

`fstype TYPE'
     type of filesystem to be mounted.

   An example:

     mount /export/exec/hp300/local as /usr/local

   If the mountpoint specified is either `/' or `swap', the machine
will be considered to be booting off the net and this will be noted for
use in generating a `bootparams' file for the host which owns the
filesystems.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo automount definitions,  Next: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Prev: FSinfo static mounts,  Up: FSinfo

8.8 Defining an Amd Mount Map in FSinfo
=======================================

The maps used by Amd can be constructed from FSinfo by defining all the
automount trees.  FSinfo takes all the definitions found and builds one
map for each top level tree.

   The automount tree is usually defined last.  A single automount
configuration will usually apply to an entire management domain.  One
`automount' declaration is needed for each Amd automount point.  FSinfo
determines whether the automount point is "direct" (*note Direct
Automount Filesystem::) or "indirect" (*note Top-level Filesystem::).
Direct automount points are distinguished by the fact that there is no
underlying "automount_tree".

     automount   : "automount" opt(auto_opts) automount_tree ;

     auto_opts   : "opts" <MOUNT-OPTIONS> ;

     automount_tree
                 : list(automount_attr)
                 ;

     automount_attr
                 : <STRING> "=" <VOLNAME>
                 | <STRING> "->" <SYMLINK>
                 | <STRING> "{" automount_tree "}"
                 ;

   If <MOUNT-OPTIONS> is given, then it is the string to be placed in
the maps for Amd for the `opts' option.

   A "map" is typically a tree of filesystems, for example `home'
normally contains a tree of filesystems representing other machines in
the network.

   A map can either be given as a name representing an already defined
volume name, or it can be a tree.  A tree is represented by placing
braces after the name.  For example, to define a tree `/vol', the
following map would be defined:

     automount /vol { }

   Within a tree, the only items that can appear are more maps.  For
example:

     automount /vol {
         andrew { }
         X11 { }
     }

   In this case, FSinfo will look for volumes named `/vol/andrew' and
`/vol/X11' and a map entry will be generated for each.  If the volumes
are defined more than once, then FSinfo will generate a series of
alternate entries for them in the maps.

   Instead of a tree, either a link (NAME `->' DESTINATION) or a
reference can be specified (NAME `=' DESTINATION).  A link creates a
symbolic link to the string specified, without further processing the
entry.  A reference will examine the destination filesystem and
optimize the reference.  For example, to create an entry for `njw' in
the `/homes' map, either of the two forms can be used:

     automount /homes {
         njw -> /home/dylan/njw
     }

   or

     automount /homes {
         njw = /home/dylan/njw
     }

   In the first example, when `/homes/njw' is referenced from Amd, a
link will be created leading to `/home/dylan/njw' and the automounter
will be referenced a second time to resolve this filename.  The map
entry would be:

     njw type:=link;fs:=/home/dylan/njw

   In the second example, the destination directory is analyzed and
found to be in the filesystem `/home/dylan' which has previously been
defined in the maps. Hence the map entry will look like:

     njw rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan;sublink:=njw

   Creating only one symbolic link, and one access to Amd.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Next: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo automount definitions,  Up: FSinfo

8.9 FSinfo Command Line Options
===============================

FSinfo is started from the command line by using the command:

     fsinfo [options] files ...

   The input to FSinfo is a single set of definitions of machines and
automount maps.  If multiple files are given on the command-line, then
the files are concatenated together to form the input source.  The files
are passed individually through the C pre-processor before being parsed.

   Several options define a prefix for the name of an output file.  If
the prefix is not specified no output of that type is produced.  The
suffix used will correspond either to the hostname to which a file
belongs, or to the type of output if only one file is produced.
Dumpsets and the `bootparams' file are in the latter class.  To put the
output into a subdirectory simply put a `/' at the end of the prefix,
making sure that the directory has already been made before running
Fsinfo.

* Menu:

* -a FSinfo Option::    Amd automount directory:
* -b FSinfo Option::    Prefix for bootparams files.
* -d FSinfo Option::    Prefix for dumpset data files.
* -e FSinfo Option::    Prefix for exports files.
* -f FSinfo Option::    Prefix for fstab files.
* -h FSinfo Option::    Local hostname.
* -m FSinfo Option::    Prefix for automount maps.
* -q FSinfo Option::    Ultra quiet mode.
* -v FSinfo Option::    Verbose mode.
* -I FSinfo Option::    Define new #include directory.
* -D-FSinfo Option::    Define macro.
* -U FSinfo Option::    Undefine macro.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -a FSinfo Option,  Next: -b FSinfo Option,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.1 `-a' AUTODIR
------------------

Specifies the directory name in which to place the automounter's
mountpoints.  This defaults to `/a'.  Some sites have the autodir set
to be `/amd', and this would be achieved by:

     fsinfo -a /amd ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -b FSinfo Option,  Next: -d FSinfo Option,  Prev: -a FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.2 `-b' BOOTPARAMS
---------------------

This specifies the prefix for the `bootparams' filename.  If it is not
given, then the file will not be generated.  The `bootparams' file will
be constructed for the destination machine and will be placed into a
file named `bootparams' and prefixed by this string.  The file
generated contains a list of entries describing each diskless client
that can boot from the destination machine.

   As an example, to create a `bootparams' file in the directory
`generic', the following would be used:

     fsinfo -b generic/ ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -d FSinfo Option,  Next: -e FSinfo Option,  Prev: -b FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.3 `-d' DUMPSETS
-------------------

This specifies the prefix for the `dumpsets' file.  If it is not
specified, then the file will not be generated.  The file will be for
the destination machine and will be placed into a filename `dumpsets',
prefixed by this string.  The `dumpsets' file is for use by Imperial
College's local backup system.

   For example, to create a `dumpsets' file in the directory `generic',
then you would use the following:

     fsinfo -d generic/ ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -e FSinfo Option,  Next: -f FSinfo Option,  Prev: -d FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.4 `-e' EXPORTFS
-------------------

Defines the prefix for the `exports' files.  If it is not given, then
the file will not be generated.  For each machine defined in the
configuration files as having disks, an `exports' file is constructed
and given a filename determined by the name of the machine, prefixed
with this string.  If a machine is defined as diskless, then no
`exports' file will be created for it.  The files contain entries for
directories on the machine that may be exported to clients.

   Example: To create the `exports' files for each diskfull machine and
place them into the directory `exports':

     fsinfo -e exports/ ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -f FSinfo Option,  Next: -h FSinfo Option,  Prev: -e FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.5 `-f' FSTAB
----------------

This defines the prefix for the `fstab' files.  The files will only be
created if this prefix is defined.  For each machine defined in the
configuration files, a `fstab' file is created with the filename
determined by prefixing this string with the name of the machine.  These
files contain entries for filesystems and partitions to mount at boot
time.

   Example, to create the files in the directory `fstabs':

     fsinfo -f fstabs/ ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -h FSinfo Option,  Next: -m FSinfo Option,  Prev: -f FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.6 `-h' HOSTNAME
-------------------

Defines the hostname of the destination machine to process for.  If this
is not specified, it defaults to the local machine name, as returned by
gethostname(2).

   Example:

     fsinfo -h dylan.doc.ic.ac.uk ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -m FSinfo Option,  Next: -q FSinfo Option,  Prev: -h FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.7 `-m' MOUNT-MAPS
---------------------

Defines the prefix for the automounter files.  The maps will only be
produced if this prefix is defined.  The mount maps suitable for the
network defined by the configuration files will be placed into files
with names calculated by prefixing this string to the name of each map.

   For example, to create the automounter maps and place them in the
directory `automaps':

     fsinfo -m automaps/ ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -q FSinfo Option,  Next: -v FSinfo Option,  Prev: -m FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.8 `-q'
----------

Selects quiet mode.  FSinfo suppress the "running commentary" and only
outputs any error messages which are generated.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -v FSinfo Option,  Next: -D-FSinfo Option,  Prev: -q FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.9 `-v'
----------

Selects verbose mode.  When this is activated, the program will display
more messages, and display all the information discovered when
performing the semantic analysis phase.  Each verbose message is output
to `stdout' on a line starting with a `#' character.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -D-FSinfo Option,  Next: -I FSinfo Option,  Prev: -v FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.10 `-D' NAME[=defn]
-----------------------

Defines a symbol "name" for the preprocessor when reading the
configuration files.  Equivalent to `#define' directive.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -I FSinfo Option,  Next: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -D-FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.11 `-I' DIRECTORY
---------------------

This option is passed into the preprocessor for the configuration files.
It specifies directories in which to find include files


File: am-utils.info,  Node: -U FSinfo Option,  Prev: -I FSinfo Option,  Up: FSinfo Command Line Options

8.9.12 `-U' NAME
----------------

Removes any initial definition of the symbol "name".  Inverse of the
`-D' option.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: FSinfo errors,  Prev: FSinfo Command Line Options,  Up: FSinfo

8.10 Errors produced by FSinfo
==============================

The following table documents the errors and warnings which FSinfo may
produce.

" expected
     Occurs if an unescaped newline is found in a quoted string.

ambiguous mount: VOLUME is a replicated filesystem
     If several filesystems are declared as having the same volume
     name, they will be considered replicated filesystems.  To mount a
     replicated filesystem statically, a specific host will need to be
     named, to say which particular copy to try and mount, else this
     error will result.

can't open FILENAME for writing
     Occurs if any errors are encountered when opening an output file.

cannot determine localname since volname VOLUME is not uniquely defined
     If a volume is replicated and an attempt is made to mount the
     filesystem statically without specifying a local mountpoint,
     FSinfo cannot calculate a mountpoint, as the desired pathname
     would be ambiguous.

DEVICE has duplicate exportfs data
     Produced if the `exportfs' option is used multiple times within the
     same branch of a filesystem definition. For example, if you
     attempt to set the `exportfs' data at different levels of the
     mountpoint directory tree.

dump frequency for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
     Occurs if DEVICE has its `fstype' declared to be `swap' or
     `export' and the `dump' option is set to a value greater than
     zero.  Swap devices should not be dumped.

duplicate host HOSTNAME!
     If a host has more than one definition.

end of file within comment
     A comment was unterminated before the end of one of the
     configuration files.

FILENAME: cannot open for reading
     If a file specified on the command line as containing
     configuration data could not be opened.

FILESYSTEM has a volname but no exportfs data
     Occurs when a volume name is declared for a file system, but the
     string specifying what machines the filesystem can be exported to
     is missing.

fs field "FIELD-NAME" already set
     Occurs when multiple definitions are given for one of the
     attributes of a host's filesystem.

host field "FIELD-NAME" already set
     If duplicate definitions are given for any of the fields with a
     host definition.

HOST:DEVICE has more than one mount point
     Occurs if the mount option for a host's filesystem specifies
     multiple trees at which to place the mountpoint.

HOST:DEVICE has no mount point
     Occurs if the `mount' option is not specified for a host's
     filesystem.

HOST:DEVICE needs field "FIELD-NAME"
     Occurs when a filesystem is missing a required field. FIELD-NAME
     could be one of `fstype', `opts', `passno' or `mount'.

HOST:mount field specified for swap partition
     Occurs if a mountpoint is given for a filesystem whose type is
     declared to be `swap'.

malformed IP dotted quad: ADDRESS
     If the Internet address of an interface is incorrectly specified.
     An Internet address definition is handled to inet_addr(3N) to see
     if it can cope.  If not, then this message will be displayed.

malformed netmask: NETMASK
     If the netmask cannot be decoded as though it were a hexadecimal
     number, then this message will be displayed.  It will typically be
     caused by incorrect characters in the NETMASK value.

mount field "FIELD-NAME" already set
     Occurs when a static mount has multiple definitions of the same
     field.

mount tree field "FIELD-NAME" already set
     Occurs when the FIELD-NAME is defined more than once during the
     definition of a filesystems mountpoint.

netif field FIELD-NAME already set
     Occurs if you attempt to define an attribute of an interface more
     than once.

network booting requires both root and swap areas
     Occurs if a machine has mount declarations for either the root
     partition or the swap area, but not both.  You cannot define a
     machine to only partially boot via the network.

no disk mounts on HOSTNAME
     If there are no static mounts, nor local disk mounts specified for
     a machine, this message will be displayed.

no volname given for HOST:DEVICE
     Occurs when a filesystem is defined to be mounted on `default', but
     no volume name is given for the file system, then the mountpoint
     cannot be determined.

not allowed '/' in a directory name
     Occurs when a pathname with multiple directory elements is
     specified as the name for an automounter tree.  A tree should only
     have one name at each level.

pass number for HOST:DEVICE is non-zero
     Occurs if DEVICE has its `fstype' declared to be `swap' or
     `export' and the fsck(8) pass number is set. Swap devices should
     not be fsck'd.  *Note FSinfo fstype Option::.

sub-directory DIRECTORY of DIRECTORY-TREE starts with '/'
     Within the filesystem specification for a host, if an element
     DIRECTORY of the mountpoint begins with a `/' and it is not the
     start of the tree.

sub-directory of DIRECTORY-TREE is named "default"
     `default' is a keyword used to specify if a mountpoint should be
     automatically calculated by FSinfo.  If you attempt to specify a
     directory name as this, it will use the filename of `default' but
     will produce this warning.

unknown \ sequence
     Occurs if an unknown escape sequence is found inside a string.
     Within a string, you can give the standard C escape sequences for
     strings, such as newlines and tab characters.

unknown directory attribute
     If an unknown keyword is found while reading the definition of a
     host's filesystem mount option.

unknown filesystem attribute
     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host's
     filesystems.

unknown host attribute
     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is used when defining a host.

unknown mount attribute
     Occurs if an unrecognized keyword is found while parsing the list
     of static mounts.

unknown volname VOLUME automounted [ on name ]
     Occurs if VOLUME is used in a definition of an automount map but
     the volume name has not been declared during the host filesystem
     definitions.

volname VOLUME is unknown
     Occurs if an attempt is made to mount or reference a volume name
     which has not been declared during the host filesystem definitions.

volname VOLUME not exported from MACHINE
     Occurs if you attempt to mount the volume VOLUME from a machine
     which has not declared itself to have such a filesystem available.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd,  Next: Assorted Tools,  Prev: FSinfo,  Up: Top

9 Hlfsd
*******

Hlfsd is a daemon which implements a filesystem containing a symbolic
link to subdirectory within a user's home directory, depending on the
user which accessed that link.  It was primarily designed to redirect
incoming mail to users' home directories, so that it can be read from
anywhere.  It was designed and implemented by Erez Zadok
(http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk) and Alexander Dupuy <dupuy AT
cs.columbia.edu>, at the Computer Science Department
(http://www.cs.columbia.edu/) of Columbia University
(http://www.columbia.edu/).  A paper
(http://www.fsl.cs.sunysb.edu/docs/hlfsd/hlfsd.html) on Hlfsd was
presented at the Usenix LISA VII conference in 1993.

   Hlfsd operates by mounting itself as an NFS server for the directory
containing linkname, which defaults to `/hlfs/home'.  Lookups within
that directory are handled by Hlfsd, which uses the password map to
determine how to resolve the lookup.  The directory will be created if
it doesn't already exist.  The symbolic link will be to the accessing
user's home directory, with subdir appended to it.  If not specified,
subdir defaults to `.hlfsdir'.  This directory will also be created if
it does not already exist.

   A `SIGTERM' sent to Hlfsd will cause it to shutdown.  A `SIGHUP'
will flush the internal caches, and reload the password map.  It will
also close and reopen the log file, to enable the original log file to
be removed or rotated.  A `SIGUSR1' will cause it to dump its internal
table of user IDs and home directories to the file `/tmp/hlfsddump'.

* Menu:

* Introduction to Hlfsd::
* Background to Mail Delivery::
* Using Hlfsd::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Next: Background to Mail Delivery,  Prev: Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd

9.1 Introduction to Hlfsd
=========================

Electronic mail has become one of the major applications for many
computer networks, and use of this service is expected to increase over
time, as networks proliferate and become faster.  Providing a convenient
environment for users to read, compose, and send electronic mail has
become a requirement for systems administrators (SAs).

   Widely used methods for handling mail usually require users to be
logged into a designated "home" machine, where their mailbox files
reside.  Only on that one machine can they read newly arrived mail.
Since users have to be logged into that system to read their mail, they
often find it convenient to run all of their other processes on that
system as well, including memory and CPU-intensive jobs.  For example,
in our department, we have allocated and configured several
multi-processor servers to handle such demanding CPU/memory
applications, but these were underutilized, in large part due to the
inconvenience of not being able to read mail on those machines.  (No
home directories were located on these designated CPU-servers, since we
did not want NFS service for users' home directories to have to compete
with CPU-intensive jobs.  At the same time, we discouraged users from
running demanding applications on their home machines.)

   Many different solutions have been proposed to allow users to read
their mail on any host.  However, all of these solutions fail in one or
more of several ways:

   * they introduce new single points of failure

   * they require using different mail transfer agents (MTAs) or user
     agents (UAs)

   * they do not solve the problem for all cases, i.e.  the solution is
     only partially successful for a particular environment.


   We have designed a simple filesystem, called the "Home-Link File
System", to provide the ability to deliver mail to users' home
directories, without modification to mail-related applications. We have
endeavored to make it as stable as possible.  Of great importance to us
was to make sure the HLFS daemon, `hlfsd' , would not hang under any
circumstances, and would take the next-best action when faced with
problems.  Compared to alternative methods, Hlfsd is a stable, more
general solution, and easier to install/use.  In fact, in some ways, we
have even managed to improve the reliability and security of mail
service.

   Our server implements a small filesystem containing a symbolic link
to a subdirectory of the invoking user's home directory, and named
symbolic links to users' mailbox files.

   The Hlfsd server finds out the UID of the process that is accessing
its mount point, and resolves the pathname component `home' as a
symbolic link to a subdirectory within the home directory given by the
UID's entry in the password file.  If the GID of the process that
attempts to access a mailbox file is a special one (called HLFS_GID),
then the server maps the name of the _next_ pathname component directly
to the user's mailbox.  This is necessary so that access to a mailbox
file by users other than the owner can succeed.  The server has safety
features in case of failures such as hung filesystems or home directory
filesystems that are inaccessible or full.

   On most of our machines, mail gets delivered to the directory
`/var/spool/mail'. Many programs, including UAs, depend on that path.
Hlfsd creates a directory `/mail', and mounts itself on top of that
directory.  Hlfsd implements the path name component called `home',
pointing to a subdirectory of the user's home directory.  We have made
`/var/spool/mail' a symbolic link to `/mail/home', so that accessing
`/var/spool/mail' actually causes access to a subdirectory within a
user's home directory.

   The following table shows an example of how resolving the pathname
`/var/mail/NAME' to `/users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME' proceeds.

Resolving Component   Pathname left to resolve   Value if symbolic link
/                     var/mail/NAME              
var/                  mail/NAME                  
mail@                 /mail/home/NAME            mail@ -> /mail/home
/                     mail/home/NAME             
mail/                 home/NAME                  
home@                 NAME                       home@ ->
                                                 /users/ezk/.mailspool
/                     users/ezk/.mailspool/NAME  
users/                ezk/.mailspool/NAME        
ezk/                  .mailspool/NAME            
.mailspool/           NAME                       
NAME                                             


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Background to Mail Delivery,  Next: Using Hlfsd,  Prev: Introduction to Hlfsd,  Up: Hlfsd

9.2 Background to Mail Delivery
===============================

This section provides an in-depth discussion of why available methods
for delivering mail to home directories are not as good as the one used
by Hlfsd.

* Menu:

* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory::
* Centralized Mail Spool Directory::
* Distributed Mail Spool Service::
* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Prev: Background to Mail Delivery,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery

9.2.1 Single-Host Mail Spool Directory
--------------------------------------

The most common method for mail delivery is for mail to be appended to a
mailbox file in a standard spool directory on the designated "mail
home" machine of the user. The greatest advantage of this method is
that it is the default method most vendors provide with their systems,
thus very little (if any) configuration is required on the SA's part.
All they need to set up are mail aliases directing mail to the host on
which the user's mailbox file is assigned.  (Otherwise, mail is
delivered locally, and users find mailboxes on many machines.)

   As users become more sophisticated, and aided by windowing systems,
they find themselves logging in on multiple hosts at once, performing
several tasks concurrently.  They ask to be able to read their mail on
any host on the network, not just the one designated as their "mail
home".


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Next: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Prev: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery

9.2.2 Centralized Mail Spool Directory
--------------------------------------

A popular method for providing mail readability from any host is to have
all mail delivered to a mail spool directory on a designated
"mail-server" which is exported via NFS to all of the hosts on the
network.  Configuring such a system is relatively easy.  On most
systems, the bulk of the work is a one-time addition to one or two
configuration files in `/etc'.  The file-server's spool directory is
then hard-mounted across every machine on the local network.  In small
environments with only a handful of hosts this can be an acceptable
solution.  In our department, with a couple of hundred active hosts and
thousands of mail messages processed daily, this was deemed completely
unacceptable, as it introduced several types of problems:

Scalability and Performance
     As more and more machines get added to the network, more mail
     traffic has to go over NFS to and from the mail-server. Users like
     to run mail-watchers, and read their mail often. The stress on the
     shared infrastructure increases with every user and host added;
     loads on the mail server would most certainly be high since all
     mail delivery goes through that one machine.(1)  This leads to
     lower reliability and performance.  To reduce the number of
     concurrent connections between clients and the server host, some
     SAs have resorted to automounting the mail-spool directory.  But
     this solution only makes things worse: since users often run mail
     watchers, and many popular applications such as `trn', `emacs',
     `csh' or `ksh' check periodically for new mail, the automounted
     directory would be effectively permanently mounted.  If it gets
     unmounted automatically by the automounter program, it is most
     likely to get mounted shortly afterwards, consuming more I/O
     resources by the constant cycle of mount and umount calls.

Reliability
     The mail-server host and its network connectivity must be very
     reliable.  Worse, since the spool directory has to be
     hard-mounted,(2) many processes which access the spool directory
     (various shells, `login', `emacs', etc.)  would be hung as long as
     connectivity to the mail-server is severed. To improve
     reliability, SAs may choose to backup the mail-server's spool
     partition several times a day.  This may make things worse since
     reading or delivering mail while backups are in progress may cause
     backups to be inconsistent; more backups consume more backup-media
     resources, and increase the load on the mail-server host.


   ---------- Footnotes ----------

   (1)  Delivery via NFS-mounted filesystems may require usage of
`rpc.lockd' and `rpc.statd' to provide distributed file-locking, both
of which are widely regarded as unstable and unreliable.  Furthermore,
this will degrade performance, as local processes as well as remote
`nfsd' processes are kept busy.

   (2) No SA in their right minds would soft-mount read/write
partitions -- the chances for data loss are too great.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Next: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?,  Prev: Centralized Mail Spool Directory,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery

9.2.3 Distributed Mail Spool Service
------------------------------------

Despite the existence of a few systems that support delivery to users'
home directories, mail delivery to home directories hasn't caught on.
We believe the main reason is that there are too many programs that
"know" where mailbox files reside.  Besides the obvious (the delivery
program `/bin/mail' and mail readers like `/usr/ucb/Mail', `mush',
`mm', etc.), other programs that know mailbox location are login, from,
almost every shell, `xbiff', `xmailbox', and even some programs not
directly related to mail, such as `emacs' and `trn'.  Although some of
these programs can be configured to look in different directories with
the use of environment variables and other resources, many of them
cannot.  The overall porting work is significant.

   Other methods that have yet to catch on require the use of a special
mail-reading server, such as IMAP or POP.  The main disadvantage of
these systems is that UAs need to be modified to use these services --
a long and involved task.  That is why they are not popular at this
time.

   Several other ideas have been proposed and even used in various
environments.  None of them is robust.  They are mostly very
specialized, inflexible, and do not extend to the general case.  Some of
the ideas are plain bad, potentially leading to lost or corrupt mail:

automounters
     Using an automounter such as Amd to provide a set of symbolic links
     from the normal spool directory to user home directories is not
     sufficient.  UAs rename, unlink, and recreate the mailbox as a
     regular file, therefore it must be a real file, not a symbolic
     link.  Furthermore, it must reside in a real directory which is
     writable by the UAs and MTAs.  This method may also require
     populating `/var/spool/mail' with symbolic links and making sure
     they are updated.  Making Amd manage that directory directly
     fails, since many various lock files need to be managed as well.
     Also, Amd does not provide all of the NFS operations which are
     required to write mail such as write, create, remove, and unlink.

`$MAIL'
     Setting this variable to an automounted directory pointing to the
     user's mail spool host only solves the problem for those programs
     which know and use `$MAIL'.  Many programs don't, therefore this
     solution is partial and of limited flexibility.  Also, it requires
     the SAs or the users to set it themselves -- an added level of
     inconvenience and possible failures.

/bin/mail
     Using a different mail delivery agent could be the solution.  One
     such example is `hdmail'.  However, `hdmail' still requires
     modifying all UAs, the MTA's configuration, installing new
     daemons, and changing login scripts.  This makes the system less
     upgradable or compatible with others, and adds one more
     complicated system for SAs to deal with.  It is not a complete
     solution because it still requires each user have their `$MAIL'
     variable setup correctly, and that every program use this variable.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?,  Prev: Distributed Mail Spool Service,  Up: Background to Mail Delivery

9.2.4 Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?
------------------------------------------

There are several major reasons why SAs might want to deliver mail
directly into the users' home directories:

Location
     Many mail readers need to move mail from the spool directory to the
     user's home directory.  It speeds up this operation if the two are
     on the same filesystem.  If for some reason the user's home
     directory is inaccessible, it isn't that useful to be able to read
     mail, since there is no place to move it to.  In some cases,
     trying to move mail to a non-existent or hung filesystem may
     result in mail loss.

Distribution
     Having all mail spool directories spread among the many more
     filesystems minimizes the chances that complete environments will
     grind to a halt when a single server is down.  It does increase
     the chance that there will be someone who is not able to read
     their mail when a machine is down, but that is usually preferred
     to having no one be able to read their mail because a centralized
     mail server is down.  The problem of losing some mail due to the
     (presumably) higher chances that a user's machine is down is
     minimized in HLFS.

Security
     Delivering mail to users' home directories has another advantage --
     enhanced security and privacy.  Since a shared system mail spool
     directory has to be world-readable and searchable, any user can see
     whether other users have mail, when they last received new mail,
     or when they last read their mail.  Programs such as `finger'
     display this information, which some consider an infringement of
     privacy.  While it is possible to disable this feature of `finger'
     so that remote users cannot see a mailbox file's status, this
     doesn't prevent local users from getting the information.
     Furthermore, there are more programs which make use of this
     information.  In shared environments, disabling such programs has
     to be done on a system-wide basis, but with mail delivered to
     users' home directories, users less concerned with privacy who do
     want to let others know when they last received or read mail can
     easily do so using file protection bits.


   In summary, delivering mail to home directories provides users the
functionality sought, and also avoids most of the problems just
discussed.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Using Hlfsd,  Prev: Background to Mail Delivery,  Up: Hlfsd

9.3 Using Hlfsd
===============

* Menu:

* Controlling Hlfsd::
* Hlfsd Options::
* Hlfsd Files::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Controlling Hlfsd,  Next: Hlfsd Options,  Prev: Using Hlfsd,  Up: Using Hlfsd

9.3.1 Controlling Hlfsd
-----------------------

Much the same way Amd is controlled by `ctl-amd', so does Hlfsd get
controlled by the `ctl-hlfsd' script:

ctl-hlfsd start
     Start a new Hlfsd.

ctl-hlfsd stop
     Stop a running Hlfsd.

ctl-hlfsd restart
     Stop a running Hlfsd, wait for 10 seconds, and then start a new
     one.  It is hoped that within 10 seconds, the previously running
     Hlfsd terminate properly; otherwise, starting a second one could
     cause system lockup.


   For example, on our systems, we start Hlfsd within `ctl-hlfsd' as
follows on Solaris 2 systems:

     hlfsd -a /var/alt_mail -x all -l /var/log/hlfsd /mail/home .mailspool

   The directory `/var/alt_mail' is a directory in the root partition
where alternate mail will be delivered into, when it cannot be delivered
into the user's home directory.

   Normal mail gets delivered into `/var/mail', but on our systems,
that is a symbolic link to `/mail/home'.  `/mail' is managed by Hlfsd,
which creates a dynamic symlink named `home', pointing to the
subdirectory `.mailspool' _within_ the accessing user's home directory.
This results in mail which normally should go to `/var/mail/`$USER'',
to go to ``$HOME'/.mailspool/`$USER''.

   Hlfsd does not create the `/var/mail' symlink.  This needs to be
created (manually) once on each host, by the system administrators, as
follows:

     mv /var/mail /var/alt_mail
     ln -s /mail/home /var/mail

   Hlfsd also responds to the following signals:

   A `SIGHUP' signal sent to Hlfsd will force it to reload the password
map immediately.

   A `SIGUSR1' signal sent to Hlfsd will cause it to dump its internal
password map to the file `/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX', where `XXXXXX'
will be replaced by a random string generated by mktemp(3) or (the more
secure) mkstemp(3).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd Options,  Next: Hlfsd Files,  Prev: Controlling Hlfsd,  Up: Using Hlfsd

9.3.2 Hlfsd Options
-------------------

-a ALT_DIR
     Alternate directory.  The name of the directory to which the
     symbolic link returned by Hlfsd will point, if it cannot access
     the home directory of the user.  This defaults to `/var/hlfs'.
     This directory will be created if it doesn't exist.  It is
     expected that either users will read these files, or the system
     administrators will run a script to resend this "lost mail" to its
     owner.

-c CACHE-INTERVAL
     Caching interval.  Hlfsd will cache the validity of home
     directories for this interval, in seconds.  Entries which have
     been verified within the last CACHE-INTERVAL seconds will not be
     verified again, since the operation could be expensive, and the
     entries are most likely still valid.  After the interval has
     expired, Hlfsd will re-verify the validity of the user's home
     directory, and reset the cache time-counter.  The default value
     for CACHE-INTERVAL is 300 seconds (5 minutes).

-f
     Force fast startup.  This option tells Hlfsd to skip startup-time
     consistency checks such as existence of mount directory, alternate
     spool directory, symlink to be hidden under the mount directory,
     their permissions and validity.

-g GROUP
     Set the special group HLFS_GID to GROUP.  Programs such as
     `/usr/ucb/from' or `/usr/sbin/in.comsat', which access the
     mailboxes of other users, must be setgid `HLFS_GID' to work
     properly.  The default group is `hlfs'.  If no group is provided,
     and there is no group `hlfs', this feature is disabled.

-h
     Help.  Print a brief help message, and exit.

-i RELOAD-INTERVAL
     Map-reloading interval.  Each RELOAD-INTERVAL seconds, Hlfsd will
     reload the password map.  Hlfsd needs the password map for the
     UIDs and home directory pathnames.  Hlfsd schedules a `SIGALRM' to
     reload the password maps.  A `SIGHUP' sent to Hlfsd will force it
     to reload the maps immediately.  The default value for
     RELOAD-INTERVAL is 900 seconds (15 minutes.)

-l LOGFILE
     Specify a log file to which Hlfsd will record events.  If LOGFILE
     is the string `syslog' then the log messages will be sent to the
     system log daemon by syslog(3), using the `LOG_DAEMON' facility.
     This is also the default.

-n
     No verify.  Hlfsd will not verify the validity of the symbolic link
     it will be returning, or that the user's home directory contains
     sufficient disk-space for spooling.  This can speed up Hlfsd at the
     cost of possibly returning symbolic links to home directories
     which are not currently accessible or are full.  By default, Hlfsd
     validates the symbolic-link in the background.  The `-n' option
     overrides the meaning of the `-c' option, since no caching is
     necessary.

-o MOUNT-OPTIONS
     Mount options which Hlfsd will use to mount itself on top of
     DIRNAME.  By default, MOUNT-OPTIONS is set to `ro'.  If the system
     supports symbolic-link caching, default options are set to
     `ro,nocache'.

-p
     Print PID.  Outputs the process-id of Hlfsd to standard output
     where it can be saved into a file.

-v
     Version.  Displays version information to standard error.

-x LOG-OPTIONS
     Specify run-time logging options.  The options are a comma
     separated list chosen from: `fatal', `error', `user', `warn',
     `info', `map', `stats', `all'.

-C
     Force Hlfsd to run on systems that cannot turn off the NFS
     attribute-cache.  Use of this option on those systems is
     discouraged, as it may result in loss or misdelivery of mail.  The
     option is ignored on systems that can turn off the attribute-cache.

-D LOG-OPTIONS
     Select from a variety of debugging options.  Prefixing an option
     with the string `no' reverses the effect of that option.  Options
     are cumulative.  The most useful option is `all'.  Since this
     option is only used for debugging other options are not documented
     here.  A fuller description is available in the program source.

-P PASSWORD-FILE
     Read the user-name, user-id, and home directory information from
     the file PASSWORD-FILE.  Normally, Hlfsd will use getpwent(3) to
     read the password database.  This option allows you to override the
     default database, and is useful if you want to map users' mail
     files to a directory other than their home directory.  Only the
     username, uid, and home-directory fields of the file PASSWORD-FILE
     are read and checked.  All other fields are ignored.  The file
     PASSWORD-FILE must otherwise be compliant with Unix Version 7
     colon-delimited format passwd(4).



File: am-utils.info,  Node: Hlfsd Files,  Prev: Hlfsd Options,  Up: Using Hlfsd

9.3.3 Hlfsd Files
-----------------

The following files are used by Hlfsd:

`/hlfs'
     directory under which Hlfsd mounts itself and manages the symbolic
     link `home'.

`.hlfsdir'
     default sub-directory in the user's home directory, to which the
     `home' symbolic link returned by Hlfsd points.

`/var/hlfs'
     directory to which `home' symbolic link returned by Hlfsd points
     if it is unable to verify the that user's home directory is
     accessible.

`/usr/tmp/hlfsd.dump.XXXXXX'
     file to which Hlfsd will dump its internal password map when it
     receives the `SIGUSR1' signal. `XXXXXX' will be replaced by a
     random string generated by mktemp(3) or (the more secure)
     mkstemp(3).


   For discussion on other files used by Hlfsd, see *Note
lostaltmail::, and *Note lostaltmail.conf-sample::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Assorted Tools,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Hlfsd,  Up: Top

10 Assorted Tools
*****************

The following are additional utilities and scripts included with
am-utils, and get installed.

* Menu:

* am-eject::
* amd.conf-sample::
* amd2ldif::
* amd2sun::
* automount2amd::
* ctl-amd::
* ctl-hlfsd::
* fix-amd-map::
* fixmount::
* fixrmtab::
* lostaltmail::
* lostaltmail.conf-sample::
* mk-amd-map::
* pawd::
* redhat-ctl-amd::
* wait4amd::
* wait4amd2die::
* wire-test::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: am-eject,  Next: amd.conf-sample,  Prev: Assorted Tools,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.1 am-eject
=============

A shell script unmounts a floppy or CD-ROM that is automounted, and
then attempts to eject the removable device.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd.conf-sample,  Next: amd2ldif,  Prev: am-eject,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.2 amd.conf-sample
====================

A sample Amd configuration file. *Note Amd Configuration File::.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd2ldif,  Next: amd2sun,  Prev: amd.conf-sample,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.3 amd2ldif
=============

A script to convert Amd maps to LDAP input files.  Use it as follows:

     amd2ldif mapname base < amd.mapfile > mapfile.ldif


File: am-utils.info,  Node: amd2sun,  Next: automount2amd,  Prev: amd2ldif,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.4 amd2sun
============

A script to convert Amd maps to Sun Automounter maps.  Use it as follows

     amd2sun < amd.mapfile > auto_mapfile


File: am-utils.info,  Node: automount2amd,  Next: ctl-amd,  Prev: amd2sun,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.5 automount2amd
==================

A script to convert old Sun Automounter maps to Amd maps.

   Say you have the Sun automount file auto.foo, with these two lines:
     home                  earth:/home
     moon  -ro,intr        server:/proj/images
   Running
     automount2amd auto.foo > amd.foo

   will produce the Amd map amd.foo with this content:

     # generated by automount2amd on Sat Aug 14 17:59:32 US/Eastern 1999

     /defaults \\
       type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600

     home \
       host==earth;type:=link;fs:=/home \\
       rhost:=earth;rfs:=/home

     moon \
       -addopts:=ro,intr \\
       host==server;type:=link;fs:=/proj/images \\
       rhost:=server;rfs:=/proj/images

   This perl script will use the following /default entry
     type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,utimeout=600
   If you wish to override that, define the $DEFAULTS environment
variable, or modify the script.

   If you wish to generate Amd maps using the hostd (*note hostd
Selector Variable::) Amd map syntax, then define the environment
variable $DOMAIN or modify the script.

   Note that automount2amd does not understand the syntax in newer Sun
Automount maps, those used with autofs.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ctl-amd,  Next: ctl-hlfsd,  Prev: automount2amd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.6 ctl-amd
============

A script to start, stop, or restart Amd.  Use it as follows:

ctl-amd start
     Start a new Amd process.

ctl-amd stop
     Stop the running Amd.

ctl-amd restart
     Stop the running Amd (if any), safely wait for it to terminate, and
     then start a new process -- only if the previous one died cleanly.

   *Note Run-time Administration::, for more details.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: ctl-hlfsd,  Next: fix-amd-map,  Prev: ctl-amd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.7 ctl-hlfsd
==============

A script for controlling Hlfsd, much the same way `ctl-amd' controls
Amd.  Use it as follows:

ctl-hlfsd start
     Start a new Hlfsd process.

ctl-hlfsd stop
     Stop the running Hlfsd.

ctl-hlfsd restart
     Stop the running Hlfsd (if any), wait for 10 seconds for it to
     terminate, and then start a new process -- only if the previous one
     died cleanly.

   *Note Hlfsd::, for more details.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: fix-amd-map,  Next: fixmount,  Prev: ctl-hlfsd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.8 fix-amd-map
================

Am-utils changed some of the syntax and default values of some
variables.  For example, the default value for `${os}' for Solaris 2.x
(aka SunOS 5.x) systems used to be `sos5', it is now more automatically
generated from `config.guess' and its value is `sunos5'.

   This script converts older Amd maps to new ones.  Use it as follows:

     fix-amd-map < old.map > new.map


File: am-utils.info,  Node: fixmount,  Next: fixrmtab,  Prev: fix-amd-map,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.9 fixmount
=============

`fixmount' is a variant of showmount(8) that can delete bogus mount
entries in remote mountd(8) daemons.  This is useful to cleanup
otherwise ever-accumulating "junk".  Use it for example:

     fixmount -r host

   See the online manual page for `fixmount' for more details of its
usage.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: fixrmtab,  Next: lostaltmail,  Prev: fixmount,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.10 fixrmtab
==============

A script to invalidate `/etc/rmtab' entries for hosts named.  Also
restart mountd for changes to take effect.  Use it for example:

     fixrmtab host1 host2 ...


File: am-utils.info,  Node: lostaltmail,  Next: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Prev: fixrmtab,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.11 lostaltmail
=================

A script used with Hlfsd to resend any "lost" mail.  Hlfsd redirects
mail which cannot be written into the user's home directory to an
alternate directory.  This is useful to continue delivering mail, even
if the user's file system was unavailable, full, or over quota.  But,
the mail which gets delivered to  the alternate directory needs to be
resent to its respective users.  This is what the `lostaltmail' script
does.

   Use it as follows:

     lostaltmail

   This script needs a configuration file `lostaltmail.conf' set up
with the right parameters to properly work.  *Note Hlfsd::, for more
details.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Next: mk-amd-map,  Prev: lostaltmail,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.12 lostaltmail.conf-sample
=============================

This is a text file with configuration parameters needed for the
`lostaltmail' script.  The script includes comments explaining each of
the configuration variables.  See it for more information.  Also *note
Hlfsd:: for general information.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: mk-amd-map,  Next: pawd,  Prev: lostaltmail.conf-sample,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.13 mk-amd-map
================

This program converts a normal Amd map file into an ndbm database with
the same prefix as the named file.  Use it as follows:

     mk-amd-map mapname


File: am-utils.info,  Node: pawd,  Next: redhat-ctl-amd,  Prev: mk-amd-map,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.14 pawd
==========

Pawd is used to print the current working directory, adjusted to
reflect proper paths that can be reused to go through the automounter
for the shortest possible path.  In particular, the path printed back
does not include any of Amd's local mount points.  Using them is
unsafe, because Amd may unmount managed file systems from the mount
points, and thus including them in paths may not always find the files
within.

   Without any arguments, Pawd will print the automounter adjusted
current working directory.  With any number of arguments, it will print
the adjusted path of each one of the arguments.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: redhat-ctl-amd,  Next: wait4amd,  Prev: pawd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.15 redhat-ctl-amd
====================

This script is similar to ctl-amd (*note ctl-amd::) but is intended for
Red Hat Linux systems.  You can safely copy redhat-ctl-amd onto
`/etc/rc.d/init.d/amd'.  The script supplied by Am-utils is usually
better than the one provided by Red Hat, because the Red Hat script
does not correctly kill Amd processes: it is too quick to kill the
wrong processes, leaving stale or hung mount points behind.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: wait4amd,  Next: wait4amd2die,  Prev: redhat-ctl-amd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.16 wait4amd
==============

A script to wait for Amd to start on a particular host before
performing an arbitrary command.  The command is executed repeatedly,
with 1 second intervals in between.  You may interrupt the script using
`^C' (or whatever keyboard sequence your terminal's `intr' function is
bound to).

   Examples:

wait4amd saturn amq -p -h saturn
     When Amd is up on host `saturn', get the process ID of that
     running Amd.

wait4amd pluto rlogin pluto
     Remote login to host `pluto' when Amd is up on that host.  It is
     generally necessary to wait for Amd to properly start and
     initialize on a remote host before logging in to it, because
     otherwise user home directories may not be accessible across the
     network.

wait4amd pluto
     A short-hand version of the previous command, since the most useful
     reason for this script is to login to a remote host.  I use it very
     often when testing out new versions of Amd, and need to reboot hung
     hosts.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: wait4amd2die,  Next: wire-test,  Prev: wait4amd,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.17 wait4amd2die
==================

This script is used internally by `ctl-amd' when used to restart Amd.
It waits for Amd to terminate.  If it detected that Amd terminated
cleanly, this script will return an exist status of zero.  Otherwise,
it will return a non-zero exit status.

   The script tests for Amd's existence once every 5 seconds, six
times, for a total of 30 seconds.  It will return a zero exist status as
soon as it detects that Amd dies.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: wire-test,  Prev: wait4amd2die,  Up: Assorted Tools

10.18 wire-test
===============

A simple program to test if some of the most basic networking functions
in am-util's library `libamu' work.  It also tests the combination of
NFS protocol and version number that are supported from the current
host, to a remote one.

   For example, in this test a machine which only supports NFS Version
2 is contacting a remote host that can support the same version, but
using both UDP and TCP.  If no host name is specified, `wire-test' will
try `localhost'.

     $ wire-test moisil
     Network name is "mcl-lab-net.cs.columbia.edu"
     Network number is "128.59.13"
     Network name is "old-net.cs.columbia.edu"
     Network number is "128.59.16"
     My IP address is 0x7f000001.
     NFS Version and protocol tests to host "moisil"...
             testing vers=2, proto="udp" -> found version 2.
             testing vers=3, proto="udp" -> failed!
             testing vers=2, proto="tcp" -> found version 2.
             testing vers=3, proto="tcp" -> failed!


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Examples,  Next: Internals,  Prev: Assorted Tools,  Up: Top

11 Examples
***********

* Menu:

* User Filesystems::
* Home Directories::
* Architecture Sharing::
* Wildcard Names::
* rwho servers::
* /vol::
* /defaults with selectors::
* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: User Filesystems,  Next: Home Directories,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Examples

11.1 User Filesystems
=====================

With more than one fileserver, the directories most frequently
cross-mounted are those containing user home directories.  A common
convention used at Imperial College is to mount the user disks under
/home/machine.

   Typically, the `/etc/fstab' file contained a long list of entries
such as:

     machine:/home/machine /home/machine nfs ...

   for each fileserver on the network.

   There are numerous problems with this system.  The mount list can
become quite large and some of the machines may be down when a system is
booted.  When a new fileserver is installed, `/etc/fstab' must be
updated on every machine, the mount directory created and the filesystem
mounted.

   In many environments most people use the same few workstations, but
it is convenient to go to a colleague's machine and access your own
files.  When a server goes down, it can cause a process on a client
machine to hang.  By minimizing the mounted filesystems to only include
those actively being used, there is less chance that a filesystem will
be mounted when a server goes down.

   The following is a short extract from a map taken from a research
fileserver at Imperial College.

   Note the entry for `localhost' which is used for users such as the
operator (`opr') who have a home directory on most machine as
`/home/localhost/opr'.

     /defaults       opts:=rw,intr,grpid,nosuid
     charm           host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g
     #
     ...

     #
     localhost       type:=link;fs:=${host}
     ...
     #
     # dylan has two user disks so have a
     # top directory in which to mount them.
     #
     dylan           type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
     #
     dylan/dk2       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/${key} \
                     host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/2s0
     #
     dylan/dk5       host!=dylan;type:=nfs;rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/${key} \
                     host==dylan;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/5s0
     ...
     #
     toytown         host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xy1g
     ...
     #
     zebedee         host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key} \
                     host==${key};type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/dsk/1s0
     #
     # Just for access...
     #
     gould           type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
     gould/staff     host!=gould;type:=nfs;rhost:=gould;rfs:=/home/${key}
     #
     gummo           host!=${key};type:=nfs;rhost:=${key};rfs:=/home/${key}
     ...

   This map is shared by most of the machines listed so on those
systems any of the user disks is accessible via a consistent name.  Amd
is started with the following command

     amd /home amd.home

   Note that when mounting a remote filesystem, the "automounted" mount
point is referenced, so that the filesystem will be mounted if it is
not yet (at the time the remote `mountd' obtains the file handle).


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Home Directories,  Next: Architecture Sharing,  Prev: User Filesystems,  Up: Examples

11.2 Home Directories
=====================

One convention for home directories is to locate them in `/homes' so
user `jsp''s home directory is `/homes/jsp'.  With more than a single
fileserver it is convenient to spread user files across several
machines.  All that is required is a mount-map which converts login
names to an automounted directory.

   Such a map might be started by the command:

     amd /homes amd.homes

   where the map `amd.homes' contained the entries:

     /defaults   type:=link   # All the entries are of type:=link
     jsp         fs:=/home/charm/jsp
     njw         fs:=/home/dylan/dk5/njw
     ...
     phjk        fs:=/home/toytown/ai/phjk
     sjv         fs:=/home/ganymede/sjv

   Whenever a login name is accessed in `/homes' a symbolic link
appears pointing to the real location of that user's home directory.  In
this example, `/homes/jsp' would appear to be a symbolic link pointing
to `/home/charm/jsp'.  Of course, `/home' would also be an automount
point.

   This system causes an extra level of symbolic links to be used.
Although that turns out to be relatively inexpensive, an alternative is
to directly mount the required filesystems in the `/homes' map.  The
required map is simple, but long, and its creation is best automated.
The entry for `jsp' could be:

     jsp   -sublink:=${key};rfs:=/home/charm \
                    host==charm;type:=ufs;dev:=/dev/xd0g \
                    host!=charm;type:=nfs;rhost:=charm

   This map can become quite big if it contains a large number of
entries.  By combining two other features of Amd it can be greatly
simplified.

   First the UFS partitions should be mounted under the control of
`/etc/fstab', taking care that they are mounted in the same place that
Amd would have automounted them.  In most cases this would be something
like `/a/"host"/home/"host"' and `/etc/fstab' on host `charm' would
have a line:

     /dev/xy0g /a/charm/home/charm 4.2 rw,nosuid,grpid 1 5

   The map can then be changed to:

     /defaults    type:=nfs;sublink:=${key};opts:=rw,intr,nosuid,grpid
     jsp          rhost:=charm;rfs:=/home/charm
     njw          rhost:=dylan;rfs:=/home/dylan/dk5
     ...
     phjk         rhost:=toytown;rfs:=/home/toytown;sublink:=ai/${key}
     sjv          rhost:=ganymede;rfs:=/home/ganymede

   This map operates as usual on a remote machine (ie `${host}' not
equal to `${rhost}').  On the machine where the filesystem is stored
(ie `${host}' equal to `${rhost}'), Amd will construct a local
filesystem mount point which corresponds to the name of the locally
mounted UFS partition.  If Amd is started with the `-r' option then
instead of attempting an NFS mount, Amd will simply inherit the UFS
mount (*note Inheritance Filesystem::).  If `-r' is not used then a
loopback NFS mount will be made.  This type of mount is known to cause
a deadlock on many systems.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Architecture Sharing,  Next: Wildcard Names,  Prev: Home Directories,  Up: Examples

11.3 Architecture Sharing
=========================

Often a filesystem will be shared by machines of different
architectures.  Separate trees can be maintained for the executable
images for each architecture, but it may be more convenient to have a
shared tree, with distinct subdirectories.

   A shared tree might have the following structure on the fileserver
(called `fserver' in the example):

     local/tex
     local/tex/fonts
     local/tex/lib
     local/tex/bin
     local/tex/bin/sun3
     local/tex/bin/sun4
     local/tex/bin/hp9000
     ...

   In this example, the subdirectories of `local/tex/bin' should be
hidden when accessed via the automount point (conventionally `/vol').
A mount-map for `/vol' to achieve this would look like:

     /defaults   sublink:=${/key};rhost:=fserver;type:=link
     tex         type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=${key}/
     tex/fonts   host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
                 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
     tex/lib     host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
                 host==fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex
     tex/bin     -sublink:=${/key}/${arch} \
                 host!=fserver;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/tex \
                 host:=fserver;fs:=/usr/local/tex

   When `/vol/tex/bin' is referenced, the current machine architecture
is automatically appended to the path by the `${sublink}' variable.
This means that users can have `/vol/tex/bin' in their `PATH' without
concern for architecture dependencies.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Wildcard Names,  Next: rwho servers,  Prev: Architecture Sharing,  Up: Examples

11.4 Wildcard Names & Replicated Servers
========================================

By using the wildcard facility, Amd can "overlay" an existing directory
with additional entries.  The system files are usually mounted under
`/usr'.  If instead, Amd is mounted on `/usr', additional names can be
overlayed to augment or replace names in the "master" `/usr'.  A map to
do this would have the form:

     local  type:=auto;fs:=local-map
     share  type:=auto;fs:=share-map
     *      -type:=nfs;rfs:=/export/exec/${arch};sublink:="${key}" \
             rhost:=fserv1  rhost:=fserv2  rhost:=fserv3

   Note that the assignment to `${sublink}' is surrounded by double
quotes to prevent the incoming key from causing the map to be
misinterpreted.  This map has the effect of directing any access to
`/usr/local' or `/usr/share' to another automount point.

   In this example, it is assumed that the `/usr' files are replicated
on three fileservers: `fserv1', `fserv2' and `fserv3'.  For any
references other than to `local' and `share' one of the servers is used
and a symbolic link to ${autodir}/${rhost}/export/exec/${arch}/whatever
is returned once an appropriate filesystem has been mounted.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: rwho servers,  Next: /vol,  Prev: Wildcard Names,  Up: Examples

11.5 `rwho' servers
===================

The `/usr/spool/rwho' directory is a good candidate for automounting.
For efficiency reasons it is best to capture the rwho data on a small
number of machines and then mount that information onto a large number
of clients.  The data written into the rwho files is byte order
dependent so only servers with the correct byte ordering can be used by
a client:

     /defaults         type:=nfs
     usr/spool/rwho    -byte==little;rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
                           rhost:=vaxA  rhost:=vaxB \
                       || -rfs:=/usr/spool/rwho \
                           rhost:=sun4  rhost:=hp300


File: am-utils.info,  Node: /vol,  Next: /defaults with selectors,  Prev: rwho servers,  Up: Examples

11.6 `/vol'
===========

`/vol' is used as a catch-all for volumes which do not have other
conventional names.

   Below is part of the `/vol' map for the domain `doc.ic.ac.uk'.  The
`r+d' tree is used for new or experimental software that needs to be
available everywhere without installing it on all the fileservers.
Users wishing to try out the new software then simply include
`/vol/r+d/{bin,ucb}' in their path.

   The main tree resides on one host `gould.doc.ic.ac.uk', which has
different `bin', `etc', `lib' and `ucb' sub-directories for each
machine architecture.  For example, `/vol/r+d/bin' for a Sun-4 would be
stored in the sub-directory `bin/sun4' of the filesystem `/usr/r+d'.
When it was accessed a symbolic link pointing to
`/a/gould/usr/r+d/bin/sun4' would be returned.

     /defaults    type:=nfs;opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid,intr,soft
     wp           -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
                  host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/local/wp \
                  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/wp
     ...
     #
     src          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=charm \
                  host==charm;type:=link;fs:=/usr/src \
                  host!=charm;type:=nfs;rfs:=/vol/src
     #
     r+d          type:=auto;fs:=${map};pref:=r+d/
     # per architecture bin,etc,lib&ucb...
     r+d/bin      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
     r+d/etc      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
     r+d/include  rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
     r+d/lib      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
     r+d/man      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
     r+d/src      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}
     r+d/ucb      rhost:=gould.doc.ic.ac.uk;rfs:=/usr/r+d;sublink:=${/key}/${arch}
     # hades pictures
     pictures     -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/pictures \
                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=pictures
     # hades tools
     hades        -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;rhost:=thpfs \
                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/hades \
                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=hades
     # bsd tools for hp.
     bsd          -opts:=rw,grpid,nosuid;arch==hp9000;rhost:=thpfs \
                  host==thpfs;type:=link;fs:=/nbsd/bsd \
                  host!=thpfs;type:=nfs;rfs:=/nbsd;sublink:=bsd


File: am-utils.info,  Node: /defaults with selectors,  Next: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment,  Prev: /vol,  Up: Examples

11.7 `/defaults' with selectors
===============================

It is sometimes useful to have different defaults for a given map.  To
achieve this, the `/defaults' entry must be able to process normal
selectors.  This feature is turned on by setting `selectors_in_defaults
= yes' in the `amd.conf' file.  *Note selectors_in_defaults Parameter::.

   In this example, I set different default NFS mount options for hosts
which are running over a slower network link.  By setting a smaller size
for the NFS read and write buffer sizes, you can greatly improve remote
file service performance.

     /defaults \
       wire==slip-net;opts:=rw,intr,rsize=1024,wsize=1024,timeo=20,retrans=10 \
       wire!=slip-net;opts:=rw,intr


File: am-utils.info,  Node: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment,  Prev: /defaults with selectors,  Up: Examples

11.8 `/tftpboot' in a chroot-ed environment
===========================================

In this complex example, we attempt to run an Amd process _inside_ a
chroot-ed environment.  `tftpd' (Trivial FTP) is used to trivially
retrieve files used to boot X-Terminals, Network Printers, Network
routers, diskless workstations, and other such devices.  For security
reasons, `tftpd' (and also `ftpd') processes are run using the
chroot(2) system call.  This provides an environment for these
processes, where access to any files outside the directory where the
chroot-ed process runs is denied.

   For example, if you start `tftpd' on your system with

     chroot /tftpboot /usr/sbin/tftpd

then the `tftpd' process will not be able to access any files outside
`/tftpboot'.  This ensures that no one can retrieve files such as
`/etc/passwd' and run password crackers on it.

   Since the TFTP service works by broadcast, it is necessary to have at
least one TFTP server running on each subnet.  If you have lots of files
that you need to make available for `tftp', and many subnets, it could
take significant amounts of disk space on each host serving them.

   A solution we implemented at Columbia University was to have every
host run `tftpd', but have those servers retrieve the boot files from
two replicated servers.  Those replicated servers have special
partitions dedicated to the many network boot files.

   We start Amd as follows:

     amd /tftpboot/.amd amd.tftpboot

   That is, Amd is serving the directory `/tftpboot/.amd'.  The `tftp'
server runs inside `/tftpboot' and is chroot-ed in that directory too.
The `amd.tftpboot' map looks like:

     #
     # Amd /tftpboot directory -> host map
     #

     /defaults  opts:=nosuid,ro,intr,soft;fs:=/tftpboot/import;type:=nfs

     tp         host==lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
                host==ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot;type:=lofs \
                rhost:=ober;rfs:=/n/ober/misc/win/tftpboot \
                rhost:=lol;rfs:=/n/lol/import/tftpboot

   To help understand this example, I list a few of the file entries
that are created inside `/tftpboot':

     $ ls -la /tftpboot
     dr-xr-xr-x   2 root   512 Aug 30 23:11 .amd
     drwxrwsr-x  12 root   512 Aug 30 08:00 import
     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    33 Feb 27  1997 adminpr.cfg -> ./.amd/tp/hplj/adminpr.cfg
     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root    22 Dec  5  1996 tekxp -> ./.amd/tp/xterms/tekxp
     lrwxrwxrwx   1 root     1 Dec  5  1996 tftpboot -> .

   Here is an explanation of each of the entries listed above:

`.amd'
     This is the Amd mount point.  Note that you do not need to run a
     separate Amd process for the TFTP service.  The chroot(2) system
     call only protects against file access, but the same process can
     still serve files and directories inside and outside the chroot-ed
     environment, because Amd itself was not run in chroot-ed mode.

`import'
     This is the mount point where Amd will mount the directories
     containing the boot files.  The map is designed so that remote
     directories will be NFS mounted (even if they are already mounted
     elsewhere), and local directories are loopback mounted (since they
     are not accessible outside the chroot-ed `/tftpboot' directory).

`adminpr.cfg'
`tekxp'
     Two manually created symbolic links to directories _inside_ the
     Amd-managed directory.  The crossing of the component `tp' will
     cause Amd to automount one of the remote replicas.  Once crossed,
     access to files inside proceeds as usual.  The `adminpr.cfg' is a
     configuration file for an HP Laser-Jet 4si printer, and the `tekxp'
     is a directory for Tektronix X-Terminal boot files.

`tftpboot'
     This innocent looking symlink is important.  Usually, when devices
     boot via the TFTP service, they perform the `get file' command to
     retrieve FILE.  However, some devices assume that `tftpd' does not
     run in a chroot-ed environment, but rather "unprotected", and thus
     use a full pathname for files to retrieve, as in `get
     /tftpboot/file'.  This symlink effectively strips out the leading
     `/tftpboot/'.



File: am-utils.info,  Node: Internals,  Next: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Top

12 Internals
************

Note that there are more error and logging messages possible than are
listed here.  Most of them are self-explanatory.  Refer to the program
sources for more details on the rest.

* Menu:

* Log Messages::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Log Messages,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Internals

12.1 Log Messages
=================

In the following sections a brief explanation is given of some of the
log messages made by Amd.  Where the message is in `typewriter' font,
it corresponds exactly to the message produced by Amd.  Words in
"italic" are replaced by an appropriate string.  Variables, `${var}',
indicate that the value of the appropriate variable is output.

   Log messages are either sent directly to a file, or logged via the
syslog(3) mechanism.  *Note log_file Parameter::.  In either case,
entries in the file are of the form:
     date-string  hostname amd[pid]  message

* Menu:

* Fatal errors::
* Info messages::


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Fatal errors,  Next: Info messages,  Prev: Log Messages,  Up: Log Messages

12.1.1 Fatal errors
-------------------

Amd attempts to deal with unusual events.  Whenever it is not possible
to deal with such an error, Amd will log an appropriate message and, if
it cannot possibly continue, will either exit or abort.  These messages
are selected by `-x fatal' on the command line.  When syslog(3) is
being used, they are logged with level `LOG_FATAL'.  Even if Amd
continues to operate it is likely to remain in a precarious state and
should be restarted at the earliest opportunity.

Attempting to inherit not-a-filesystem
     The prototype mount point created during a filesystem restart did
     not contain a reference to the restarted filesystem.  This error
     "should never happen".

Can't bind to domain "NIS-domain"
     A specific NIS domain was requested on the command line, but no
     server for that domain is available on the local net.

Can't determine IP address of this host (hostname)
     When Amd starts it determines its own IP address.  If this lookup
     fails then Amd cannot continue.  The hostname it looks up is that
     obtained returned by gethostname(2) system call.

Can't find root file handle for automount point
     Amd creates its own file handles for the automount points.  When it
     mounts itself as a server, it must pass these file handles to the
     local kernel.  If the filehandle is not obtainable the mount point
     is ignored.  This error "should never happen".

Must be root to mount filesystems (euid = euid)
     To prevent embarrassment, Amd makes sure it has appropriate system
     privileges.  This amounts to having an euid of 0.  The check is
     made after argument processing complete to give non-root users a
     chance to access the `-v' option.

No work to do - quitting
     No automount points were given on the command line and so there is
     no work to do.

Out of memory
     While attempting to malloc some memory, the memory space available
     to Amd was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.

Out of memory in realloc
     While attempting to realloc some memory, the memory space
     available to Amd was exhausted.  This is an unrecoverable error.

cannot create rpc/udp service
     Either the NFS or AMQ endpoint could not be created.

gethostname: description
     The gethostname(2) system call failed during startup.

host name is not set
     The gethostname(2) system call returned a zero length host name.
     This can happen if Amd is started in single user mode just after
     booting the system.

ifs_match called!
     An internal error occurred while restarting a pre-mounted
     filesystem.  This error "should never happen".

mount_afs: description
     An error occurred while Amd was mounting itself.

run_rpc failed
     Somehow the main NFS server loop failed.  This error "should never
     happen".

unable to free rpc arguments in amqprog_1
     The incoming arguments to the AMQ server could not be free'ed.

unable to free rpc arguments in nfs_program_1
     The incoming arguments to the NFS server could not be free'ed.

unable to register (AMQ_PROGRAM, AMQ_VERSION, udp)
     The AMQ server could not be registered with the local portmapper
     or the internal RPC dispatcher.

unable to register (NFS_PROGRAM, NFS_VERSION, 0)
     The NFS server could not be registered with the internal RPC
     dispatcher.


   XXX: This section needs to be updated


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Info messages,  Prev: Fatal errors,  Up: Log Messages

12.1.2 Info messages
--------------------

Amd generates information messages to record state changes.  These
messages are selected by `-x info' on the command line.  When syslog(3)
is being used, they are logged with level `LOG_INFO'.

   The messages listed below can be generated and are in a format
suitable for simple statistical analysis.  "mount-info" is the string
that is displayed by "Amq" in its mount information column and placed
in the system mount table.

"${path}" forcibly timed out
     An automount point has been timed out by the Amq command.

"${path}" has timed out
     No access to the automount point has been made within the timeout
     period.

Filehandle denied for "${rhost}:${rfs}"
     The mount daemon refused to return a file handle for the requested
     filesystem.

Filehandle error for "${rhost}:${rfs}": description
     The mount daemon gave some other error for the requested
     filesystem.

Finishing with status exit-status
     Amd is about to exit with the given exit status.

Re-synchronizing cache for map ${map}
     The named map has been modified and the internal cache is being
     re-synchronized.

file server ${rhost} is down - timeout of "${path}" ignored
     An automount point has timed out, but the corresponding file
     server is known to be down.  This message is only produced once
     for each mount point for which the server is down.

file server ${rhost} type nfs is down
     An NFS file server that was previously up is now down.

file server ${rhost} type nfs is up
     An NFS file server that was previously down is now up.

file server ${rhost} type nfs starts down
     A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be down.

file server ${rhost} type nfs starts up
     A new NFS file server has been referenced and is known to be up.

mount of "${path}" on ${fs} timed out
     Attempts to mount a filesystem for the given automount point have
     failed to complete within 30 seconds.

mount-info mounted fstype ${type} on ${fs}
     A new file system has been mounted.

mount-info restarted fstype ${type} on ${fs}
     Amd is using a pre-mounted filesystem to satisfy a mount request.

mount-info unmounted fstype ${type} from ${fs}
     A file system has been unmounted.

mount-info unmounted fstype ${type} from ${fs} link ${fs}/${sublink}
     A file system of which only a sub-directory was in use has been
     unmounted.

restarting mount-info on ${fs}
     A pre-mounted file system has been noted.


   XXX: This section needs to be updated


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Next: Index,  Prev: Internals,  Up: Top

Acknowledgments & Trademarks
****************************

Many thanks to the Am-Utils Users mailing list through the months
developing am-utils.  These members have contributed to the
discussions, ideas, code and documentation, and subjected their systems
to alpha quality code.  Special thanks go to those authors
(http://www.am-utils.org/docs/am-utils/AUTHORS.txt) who have submitted
patches, and especially to the maintainers:

   * Erez Zadok (http://www.cs.sunysb.edu/~ezk)

   * Ion Badulescu <ionut AT badula.org>

   * Rainer Orth <ro AT techfak.uni-bielefeld.de>

   * Nick Williams <nick.williams AT morganstanley.com>

   Thanks to the Formal Methods Group at Imperial College for suffering
patiently while Amd was being developed on their machines.

   Thanks to the many people who have helped with the development of
Amd, especially Piete Brooks at the Cambridge University Computing Lab
for many hours of testing, experimentation and discussion.

   Thanks to the older Amd Workers <amd-workers AT
majordomo.glue.umd.edu> mailing list (now defunct) members for many
suggestions and bug reports to Amd.

   * DEC, VAX and Ultrix are registered trademarks of Digital Equipment
     Corporation.

   * AIX and IBM are registered trademarks of International Business
     Machines Corporation.

   * Sun, NFS and SunOS are registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems,
     Inc.

   * UNIX is a registered trademark in the USA and other countries,
     exclusively licensed through X/Open Company, Ltd.

   * All other registered trademarks are owned by their respective
     owners.


File: am-utils.info,  Node: Index,  Prev: Acknowledgments & Trademarks,  Up: Top

Index
*****

[index]
* Menu:

* !exists, boolean mount selector:       exists Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !false, boolean mount selector:        false Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !in_network, boolean mount selector:   in_network Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !netgrp, boolean mount selector:       netgrp Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !netgrpd, boolean mount selector:      netgrpd Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !true, boolean mount selector:         true Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* !xhost, boolean mount selector:        xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* /defaults with selectors:              /defaults with selectors.
                                                              (line   6)
* /etc/passwd maps:                      Password maps.       (line   6)
* /etc/rc.local additions:               Starting Amd.        (line   6)
* /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment:  /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment.
                                                              (line   6)
* /vol:                                  /vol.                (line   6)
* Additions to /etc/rc.local:            Starting Amd.        (line   6)
* addopts, mount option:                 addopts Option.      (line   6)
* Aliased hostnames:                     -n Option.           (line   6)
* Alternate locations:                   Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
* am-eject:                              am-eject.            (line   6)
* Am-utils book:                         AddInfo.             (line  83)
* Amd book:                              AddInfo.             (line  83)
* Amd command line options:              Amd Command Line Options.
                                                              (line   6)
* Amd configuration file:                -F Option.           (line   6)
* Amd Configuration File:                Amd Configuration File.
                                                              (line   6)
* Amd configuration file; specifying name: -F Option.         (line   6)
* Amd's PID:                             Amq -p option.       (line   6)
* Amd's process ID:                      Amq -p option.       (line   6)
* amd.conf:                              Amd Configuration File.
                                                              (line   6)
* amd.conf common parameters:            Common Parameters.   (line   6)
* amd.conf examples:                     amd.conf Examples.   (line   6)
* amd.conf file:                         -F Option.           (line   6)
* amd.conf file format:                  File Format.         (line   6)
* amd.conf global parameters:            Global Parameters.   (line   6)
* amd.conf global section:               The Global Section.  (line   6)
* amd.conf regular map parameters:       Regular Map Parameters.
                                                              (line   6)
* amd.conf regular map sections:         Regular Map Sections.
                                                              (line   6)
* amd.conf-sample:                       amd.conf-sample.     (line   6)
* amd2ldif:                              amd2ldif.            (line   6)
* amd2sun:                               amd2sun.             (line   6)
* Amq command:                           Run-time Administration.
                                                              (line   6)
* arch Parameter:                        arch Parameter.      (line   6)
* arch Selector Variable:                arch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* arch, FSinfo host attribute:           FSinfo arch Option.  (line   6)
* arch, mount selector:                  arch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Architecture dependent volumes:        Architecture Sharing.
                                                              (line   6)
* Architecture sharing:                  Architecture Sharing.
                                                              (line   6)
* Architecture specific mounts:          rwho servers.        (line   6)
* Assorted Tools:                        Assorted Tools.      (line   6)
* Atomic NFS mounts:                     Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* auto, filesystem type:                 Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* auto_attrcache Parameter:              auto_attrcache Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* auto_dir Parameter:                    auto_dir Parameter.  (line   6)
* autodir Selector Variable:             autodir Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* autodir, mount selector:               autodir Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* autofs_use_lofs Parameter:             autofs_use_lofs Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Automatic generation of user maps:     Password maps.       (line   6)
* Automount directory:                   -a Option.           (line   6)
* Automount filesystem:                  Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* automount2amd:                         automount2amd.       (line   6)
* Automounter book:                      AddInfo.             (line  83)
* Automounter configuration maps:        Mount Maps.          (line   6)
* Automounter fundamentals:              Fundamentals.        (line   6)
* Background mounts:                     Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
* Background to Mail Delivery:           Background to Mail Delivery.
                                                              (line   6)
* Binding names to filesystems:          Volume Binding.      (line   6)
* book:                                  AddInfo.             (line  83)
* bootparams, FSinfo prefix:             -b FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* browsable_dirs Parameter:              browsable_dirs Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Bug reports:                           AddInfo.             (line   9)
* byte Selector Variable:                byte Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* byte, mount selector:                  byte Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Cache interval:                        -c Option.           (line   6)
* cache, mount map option:               Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line  15)
* cache_duration Parameter:              cache_duration Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* cachedir, mount option:                Caching Filesystem.  (line  13)
* cachefs, filesystem type:              Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Caching Filesystem:                    Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Catch-all mount point:                 /vol.                (line   6)
* CD-ROM Filesystem <1>:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
* CD-ROM Filesystem:                     UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
* cdfs, filesystem type:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
* Centralized Mail Spool Directory:      Centralized Mail Spool Directory.
                                                              (line   6)
* Changing the interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* chroot; /tftpboot example:             /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment.
                                                              (line   6)
* Cluster names:                         -C Option.           (line   6)
* cluster Parameter:                     cluster Parameter.   (line   6)
* cluster Selector Variable:             cluster Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* cluster, FSinfo host attribute:        FSinfo cluster Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* cluster, mount selector:               cluster Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* CNAMEs:                                xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Command line options, Amd:             Amd Command Line Options.
                                                              (line   6)
* Command line options, FSinfo:          FSinfo Command Line Options.
                                                              (line   6)
* config, FSinfo host attribute:         FSinfo config Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* Configuration file; tags:              -T Option.           (line   6)
* Configuration map types:               Map Types.           (line   6)
* Controlling Amd:                       Controlling Amd.     (line   6)
* Controlling Hlfsd:                     Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
* Creating a pid file:                   -p Option.           (line   6)
* ctl-amd <1>:                           Starting Amd.        (line   6)
* ctl-amd:                               ctl-amd.             (line   6)
* ctl-hlfsd <1>:                         Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
* ctl-hlfsd:                             ctl-hlfsd.           (line   6)
* Debug options:                         -D Option.           (line   6)
* debug_mtab_file Parameter:             debug_mtab_file Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* debug_options Parameter:               debug_options Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Debugging a new Amd configuration:     Amq -P option.       (line   6)
* debugging hesiod resolver service:     -D Option.           (line  43)
* Debugging options via Amq:             Other Amq options.   (line   6)
* Defining a host, FSinfo:               FSinfo host definitions.
                                                              (line   6)
* Defining an Amd mount map, FSinfo:     FSinfo automount definitions.
                                                              (line   6)
* Defining host attributes, FSinfo:      FSinfo host attributes.
                                                              (line   6)
* delay, mount option:                   delay Option.        (line   6)
* Delaying mounts from specific locations: delay Option.      (line   6)
* Determining the map type:              Map Types.           (line   6)
* dev, mount option <1>:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line  11)
* dev, mount option <2>:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line  11)
* dev, mount option <3>:                 UDF Filesystem.      (line  11)
* dev, mount option:                     Unix Filesystem.     (line  12)
* Direct automount filesystem:           Direct Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* direct, filesystem type:               Direct Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Discovering version information:       -v Option.           (line   6)
* Discovering what is going on at run-time: Controlling Amd.  (line   6)
* Disk filesystems:                      Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* dismount_interval Parameter:           dismount_interval Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Displaying brief help <1>:             -H Option.           (line   6)
* Displaying brief help:                 Amq -H option.       (line   6)
* Displaying the process id:             -p Option.           (line   6)
* Distributed Mail Spool Service:        Distributed Mail Spool Service.
                                                              (line   6)
* dollar Selector Variable:              dollar Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Domain name:                           -d Option.           (line   6)
* domain Selector Variable:              domain Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Domain stripping:                      Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* domain, mount selector:                domain Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* domain_strip Parameter:                domain_strip Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Domainname operators:                  Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* dumpset, FSinfo filesystems option:    FSinfo dumpset Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* dumpset, FSinfo prefix:                -d FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* Duplicated volumes:                    Volume Naming.       (line   6)
* EFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* efs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Environment variables:                 Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* Error filesystem:                      Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
* error, filesystem type:                Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
* Example of architecture specific mounts: rwho servers.      (line   6)
* Example of mounting home directories:  Home Directories.    (line   6)
* exec_map_timeout Parameter:            exec_map_timeout Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Executable maps:                       Executable maps.     (line   6)
* exists Selector Function:              exists Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* exists, boolean mount selector:        exists Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* export, FSinfo special fstype:         FSinfo fstype Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* exportfs, FSinfo mount option:         FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
* exports, FSinfo prefix:                -e FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* false Selector Function:               false Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* false, boolean mount selector:         false Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* File map syntactic conventions:        File maps.           (line   6)
* File maps:                             File maps.           (line   6)
* Fileserver:                            Filesystems and Volumes.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem:                            Filesystems and Volumes.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem info package:               FSinfo.              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; auto:                 Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; cachefs:              Caching Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Filesystem type; cdfs:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line   6)
* Filesystem type; direct:               Direct Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; efs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Filesystem type; error:                Error Filesystem.    (line   6)
* Filesystem type; host:                 Network Host Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; inherit:              Inheritance Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; link:                 Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; linkx:                Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; lofs:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
* Filesystem type; mfs:                  Memory/RAM Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; nfs:                  Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Filesystem type; nfsl:                 NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
* Filesystem type; nfsx:                 Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; nullfs:               Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Filesystem type; pcfs:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
* Filesystem type; program:              Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Filesystem type; root:                 Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Filesystem type; tfs:                  Translucent Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; tmpfs:                Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; toplvl:               Top-level Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; udf:                  UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
* Filesystem type; ufs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Filesystem type; umapfs:               User ID Mapping Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Filesystem type; union:                Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
* Filesystem type; xfs:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Filesystem types:                      Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
* fix-amd-map:                           fix-amd-map.         (line   6)
* fixmount:                              fixmount.            (line   6)
* fixrmtab:                              fixrmtab.            (line   6)
* Flat file maps:                        File maps.           (line   6)
* Floppy Filesystem:                     Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
* Flushing the map cache:                Amq -f option.       (line   6)
* forced_unmounts Parameter:             forced_unmounts Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Forcing Amq to use a TCP transport:    Amq -T option.       (line   6)
* Forcing Amq to use a UDP transport:    Amq -U option.       (line   6)
* Forcing filesystem to time out:        Amq -u option.       (line   6)
* freq, FSinfo filesystems option:       FSinfo freq Option.  (line   6)
* fs, mount option:                      fs Option.           (line   6)
* FSinfo:                                FSinfo.              (line   6)
* FSinfo arch host attribute:            FSinfo arch Option.  (line   6)
* FSinfo automount definitions:          FSinfo automount definitions.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo cluster host attribute:         FSinfo cluster Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo command line options:           FSinfo Command Line Options.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo config host attribute:          FSinfo config Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo dumpset filesystems option:     FSinfo dumpset Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo error messages:                 FSinfo errors.       (line   6)
* FSinfo filesystems:                    FSinfo filesystems.  (line   6)
* FSinfo freq filesystems option:        FSinfo freq Option.  (line   6)
* FSinfo fstype filesystems option:      FSinfo fstype Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo grammar:                        FSinfo Grammar.      (line   6)
* FSinfo host attributes:                FSinfo host attributes.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo host definitions:               FSinfo host definitions.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo log filesystems option:         FSinfo log Option.   (line   6)
* FSinfo mount filesystems option:       FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
* FSinfo opts filesystems option:        FSinfo opts Option.  (line   6)
* FSinfo os host attribute:              FSinfo os Option.    (line   6)
* FSinfo overview:                       FSinfo Overview.     (line   6)
* FSinfo passno filesystems option:      FSinfo passno Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* FSinfo static mounts:                  FSinfo static mounts.
                                                              (line   6)
* fstab, FSinfo prefix:                  -f FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* fstype, FSinfo filesystems option:     FSinfo fstype Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* full_os Parameter:                     full_os Parameter.   (line   6)
* full_os Selector Variable:             full_os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* full_os, mount selector:               full_os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* fully_qualified_hosts Parameter:       fully_qualified_hosts Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Generic volume name:                   /vol.                (line   6)
* Getting Additional Information:        AddInfo.             (line   6)
* Getting real working directory:        Amq -w option.       (line   6)
* gid Selector Variable:                 gid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* gid, mount selector:                   gid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Global statistics:                     Amq -s option.       (line   6)
* Grammar, FSinfo:                       FSinfo Grammar.      (line   6)
* Help; showing from Amd:                -H Option.           (line   6)
* Help; showing from Amq:                Amq -H option.       (line   6)
* Hesiod maps:                           Hesiod maps.         (line   6)
* Hesiod; turning on RES_DEBUG:          -D Option.           (line  43)
* hesiod_base Parameter:                 hesiod_base Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* History:                               History.             (line   6)
* Hlfsd:                                 Hlfsd.               (line   6)
* Hlfsd Files:                           Hlfsd Files.         (line   6)
* Hlfsd Options:                         Hlfsd Options.       (line   6)
* Hlfsd; background:                     Background to Mail Delivery.
                                                              (line   6)
* Hlfsd; controlling:                    Controlling Hlfsd.   (line   6)
* Hlfsd; Files:                          Hlfsd Files.         (line   6)
* Hlfsd; introduction:                   Introduction to Hlfsd.
                                                              (line   6)
* Hlfsd; Options:                        Hlfsd Options.       (line   6)
* Hlfsd; using:                          Using Hlfsd.         (line   6)
* Hlfsd; Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?.
                                                              (line   6)
* Home directories:                      Home Directories.    (line   6)
* Home-Link Filesystem:                  Hlfsd.               (line   6)
* host Selector Variable:                host Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* host, filesystem type:                 Network Host Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* host, mount selector:                  host Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* hostd Selector Variable:               hostd Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* hostd, mount selector:                 hostd Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Hostname normalization:                -n Option.           (line   6)
* hostname, FSinfo command line option:  -h FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* How keys are looked up:                Key Lookup.          (line   6)
* How locations are parsed:              Location Format.     (line   6)
* How to access environment variables in maps: Variable Expansion.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to discover your version of Amd:   -v Option.           (line   6)
* How to mount a local disk:             Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* How to mount a UFS filesystems:        Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* How to mount all NFS exported filesystems: Network Host Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to mount an atomic group of NFS filesystems: Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to mount and NFS filesystem:       Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
* How to reference an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to reference part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to select log messages:            -x Option.           (line   6)
* How to set default map parameters:     Map Defaults.        (line   6)
* How to set map cache parameters:       Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to start a direct automount point: Direct Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* How to start an indirect automount point: Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* How variables are expanded:            Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* in_network Selector Function:          in_network Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* in_network, boolean mount selector:    in_network Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* inherit, filesystem type:              Inheritance Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Inheritance filesystem:                Inheritance Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.          (line   6)
* Introduction:                          Intro.               (line   6)
* Introduction to Hlfsd:                 Introduction to Hlfsd.
                                                              (line   6)
* karch Parameter:                       karch Parameter.     (line   6)
* karch Selector Variable:               karch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* karch, mount selector:                 karch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Keep-alives:                           Keep-alives.         (line   6)
* Key lookup:                            Key Lookup.          (line   6)
* key Selector Variable:                 key Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* key, mount selector:                   key Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Killing and starting Amd:              Restarting Amd.      (line   6)
* LDAP maps:                             LDAP maps.           (line   6)
* ldap_base Parameter:                   ldap_base Parameter. (line   6)
* ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter:           ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* ldap_cache_seconds Parameter:          ldap_cache_seconds Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* ldap_hostports Parameter:              ldap_hostports Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* ldap_proto_version Parameter:          ldap_proto_version Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* License Information:                   License.             (line   6)
* Lightweight Directory Access Protocol: LDAP maps.           (line   6)
* link, filesystem type:                 Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* linkx, filesystem type:                Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* Listing currently mounted filesystems: Controlling Amd.     (line   6)
* local_domain Parameter:                local_domain Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* localhost_address Parameter:           localhost_address Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Location format:                       Location Format.     (line   6)
* Location lists:                        Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
* locking executable pages in memory:    -S Option.           (line   6)
* lofs, filesystem type:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
* Log file, resetting:                   Amq -l option.       (line   6)
* Log filename:                          -l Option.           (line   6)
* Log message selection:                 -x Option.           (line   6)
* log, FSinfo filesystems option:        FSinfo log Option.   (line   6)
* log_file Parameter:                    log_file Parameter.  (line   6)
* log_options Parameter:                 log_options Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Logging options via Amq:               Other Amq options.   (line   6)
* Looking up keys:                       Key Lookup.          (line   6)
* Loopback Filesystem:                   Loopback Filesystem. (line   6)
* lostaltmail:                           lostaltmail.         (line   6)
* lostaltmail.conf-sample:               lostaltmail.conf-sample.
                                                              (line   6)
* lostaltmail; configuration file:       lostaltmail.conf-sample.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mailing lists:                         AddInfo.             (line  29)
* Map cache options:                     Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Map cache synchronizing:               Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Map cache types:                       Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Map cache, flushing:                   Amq -f option.       (line   6)
* Map defaults:                          Map Defaults.        (line   6)
* Map entry format:                      Location Format.     (line   6)
* Map lookup:                            Key Lookup.          (line   6)
* Map options:                           Map Options.         (line   6)
* map Selector Variable:                 map Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Map types:                             Map Types.           (line   6)
* map, mount selector:                   map Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* map_defaults Parameter:                map_defaults Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* map_name Parameter:                    map_name Parameter.  (line   6)
* map_options Parameter:                 map_options Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* map_reload_interval Parameter:         map_reload_interval Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* map_type Parameter:                    map_type Parameter.  (line   6)
* maps, FSinfo command line option:      -m FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* Memory/RAM Filesystem:                 Memory/RAM Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* mfs, filesystem type:                  Memory/RAM Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* mk-amd-map:                            mk-amd-map.          (line   6)
* mlockall; using:                       -S Option.           (line   6)
* Mount a filesystem under program control: Program Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount flags; acdirmax:                 opts Option.         (line  19)
* Mount flags; acdirmin:                 opts Option.         (line  22)
* Mount flags; acregmax:                 opts Option.         (line  25)
* Mount flags; acregmin:                 opts Option.         (line  28)
* Mount flags; actimeo:                  opts Option.         (line  31)
* Mount flags; auto:                     opts Option.         (line  34)
* Mount flags; cache:                    opts Option.         (line  38)
* Mount flags; closesession:             opts Option.         (line  41)
* Mount flags; compress:                 opts Option.         (line  44)
* Mount flags; defperm:                  opts Option.         (line  47)
* Mount flags; dev:                      opts Option.         (line  51)
* Mount flags; dirmask:                  opts Option.         (line  54)
* Mount flags; dumbtimr:                 opts Option.         (line  60)
* Mount flags; extatt:                   opts Option.         (line  66)
* Mount flags; fsid:                     opts Option.         (line  69)
* Mount flags; gens:                     opts Option.         (line  72)
* Mount flags; gmtoff:                   opts Option.         (line  76)
* Mount flags; group:                    opts Option.         (line  81)
* Mount flags; grpid:                    opts Option.         (line  87)
* Mount flags; ignore:                   opts Option.         (line  35)
* Mount flags; int:                      opts Option.         (line  90)
* Mount flags; intr:                     opts Option.         (line  91)
* Mount flags; lock:                     opts Option.         (line  94)
* Mount Flags; longname:                 opts Option.         (line 250)
* Mount flags; mask:                     opts Option.         (line 100)
* Mount flags; maxgroups:                opts Option.         (line 113)
* Mount flags; multi:                    opts Option.         (line 110)
* Mount flags; nfsv3:                    opts Option.         (line 116)
* Mount flags; noac:                     opts Option.         (line 119)
* Mount flags; noauto:                   opts Option.         (line 122)
* Mount flags; nocache:                  opts Option.         (line 127)
* Mount flags; nocasetrans:              opts Option.         (line 130)
* Mount flags; noconn:                   opts Option.         (line 134)
* Mount flags; nocto:                    opts Option.         (line 137)
* Mount flags; nodefperm:                opts Option.         (line 140)
* Mount flags; nodev:                    opts Option.         (line 144)
* Mount flags; nodevs:                   opts Option.         (line 145)
* Mount flags; noexec:                   opts Option.         (line 148)
* Mount flags; noint:                    opts Option.         (line 151)
* Mount flags; nojoliet:                 opts Option.         (line 154)
* Mount flags; nolock:                   opts Option.         (line 158)
* Mount flags; nomnttab:                 opts Option.         (line 161)
* Mount flags; norrip:                   opts Option.         (line 165)
* Mount flags; nosub:                    opts Option.         (line 169)
* Mount flags; nosuid:                   opts Option.         (line 172)
* Mount flags; nounmount:                opts Option.         (line 293)
* Mount flags; noversion:                opts Option.         (line 175)
* Mount Flags; nowin95:                  opts Option.         (line 179)
* Mount flags; optionstr:                opts Option.         (line 182)
* Mount flags; overlay:                  opts Option.         (line 186)
* Mount flags; pgthresh:                 opts Option.         (line 189)
* Mount flags; ping:                     opts Option.         (line 299)
* Mount flags; port:                     opts Option.         (line 192)
* Mount flags; posix:                    opts Option.         (line 195)
* Mount flags; private:                  opts Option.         (line 198)
* Mount flags; proplist:                 opts Option.         (line 202)
* Mount flags; proto:                    opts Option.         (line 206)
* Mount flags; public:                   opts Option.         (line 320)
* Mount flags; quota:                    opts Option.         (line 209)
* Mount flags; rdonly:                   opts Option.         (line 212)
* Mount flags; resvport:                 opts Option.         (line 216)
* Mount flags; retrans:                  opts Option.         (line 223)
* Mount flags; retry:                    opts Option.         (line 229)
* Mount flags; retry=N:                  opts Option.         (line 329)
* Mount flags; ro:                       opts Option.         (line 213)
* Mount flags; rrcaseins:                opts Option.         (line 232)
* Mount flags; rrip:                     opts Option.         (line 236)
* Mount flags; rsize:                    opts Option.         (line 240)
* Mount flags; rw:                       opts Option.         (line 244)
* Mount Flags; sessionnr:                opts Option.         (line 247)
* Mount flags; soft:                     opts Option.         (line 253)
* Mount flags; softlookup:               opts Option.         (line 332)
* Mount flags; spongy:                   opts Option.         (line 256)
* Mount flags; suid:                     opts Option.         (line 259)
* Mount flags; symttl:                   opts Option.         (line 262)
* Mount flags; sync:                     opts Option.         (line 265)
* Mount flags; tcp:                      opts Option.         (line 268)
* Mount flags; timeo:                    opts Option.         (line 272)
* Mount flags; unmount:                  opts Option.         (line 345)
* Mount flags; user:                     opts Option.         (line 276)
* Mount flags; utimeout=N:               opts Option.         (line 354)
* Mount flags; vers:                     opts Option.         (line 282)
* Mount flags; wsize:                    opts Option.         (line 285)
* Mount flags; xlatecookie:              opts Option.         (line 364)
* Mount home directories:                Home Directories.    (line   6)
* Mount information:                     Mount Maps.          (line   6)
* Mount map option; cache:               Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line  15)
* Mount map types:                       Map Types.           (line   6)
* Mount maps:                            Mount Maps.          (line   6)
* Mount option; addopts:                 addopts Option.      (line   6)
* Mount option; cachedir:                Caching Filesystem.  (line  13)
* Mount option; delay:                   delay Option.        (line   6)
* Mount option; dev <1>:                 CD-ROM Filesystem.   (line  11)
* Mount option; dev <2>:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line  11)
* Mount option; dev <3>:                 UDF Filesystem.      (line  11)
* Mount option; dev:                     Unix Filesystem.     (line  12)
* Mount option; fs:                      fs Option.           (line   6)
* Mount option; mount:                   Program Filesystem.  (line  14)
* Mount option; opts:                    opts Option.         (line   6)
* Mount option; remopts:                 remopts Option.      (line   6)
* Mount option; rfs <1>:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line  16)
* Mount option; rfs:                     Network Filesystem.  (line  16)
* Mount option; rhost:                   Network Filesystem.  (line  10)
* Mount option; sublink:                 sublink Option.      (line   6)
* Mount option; type:                    type Option.         (line   6)
* Mount option; umount:                  Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
* Mount option; unmount:                 Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
* Mount retries:                         Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
* Mount selector; arch:                  arch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; autodir:               autodir Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; byte:                  byte Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; cluster:               cluster Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; domain:                domain Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; exists:                exists Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; false:                 false Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; full_os:               full_os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; gid:                   gid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; host:                  host Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; hostd:                 hostd Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; in_network:            in_network Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; karch:                 karch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; key:                   key Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; map:                   map Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; netgrp:                netgrp Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; netgrpd:               netgrpd Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; netnumber:             netnumber Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; network:               network Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; os:                    os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; osver:                 osver Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; path:                  path Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; true:                  true Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; uid:                   uid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; vendor:                vendor Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; wire:                  wire Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mount selector; xhost:                 xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* mount system call:                     opts Option.         (line   6)
* mount system call flags:               opts Option.         (line   6)
* Mount types:                           Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
* mount, FSinfo filesystems option:      FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
* mount, mount option:                   Program Filesystem.  (line  14)
* mount_type Parameter:                  mount_type Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting a local disk:                 Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Mounting a remote part of the name space if target is missing: NFS-Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting a UFS filesystem:             Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Mounting a volume:                     Mounting a Volume.   (line   6)
* Mounting an atomic group of NFS filesystems: Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting an NFS filesystem:            Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Mounting entire export trees:          Network Host Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Mounting user filesystems:             User Filesystems.    (line   6)
* Multiple Amd processes:                Amq -P option.       (line   6)
* Multiple-threaded server:              Non-blocking Operation.
                                                              (line   6)
* Namespace:                             Volume Binding.      (line   6)
* ndbm maps:                             ndbm maps.           (line   6)
* netgrp Selector Function:              netgrp Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* netgrp, boolean mount selector:        netgrp Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* netgrpd Selector Function:             netgrpd Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* netgrpd, boolean mount selector:       netgrpd Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* netnumber Selector Variable:           netnumber Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* netnumber, mount selector:             netnumber Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Network filesystem group:              Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* Network host filesystem:               Network Host Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* network Selector Variable:             network Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* network, mount selector:               network Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Network-wide naming:                   Volume Naming.       (line   6)
* NFS:                                   Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
* NFS ping:                              Keep-alives.         (line   6)
* NFS V.3 support:                       Supported Platforms. (line   6)
* nfs, filesystem type:                  Network Filesystem.  (line   6)
* NFS-Link filesystem II:                NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
* nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter:     nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter:     nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_proto Parameter:                   nfs_proto Parameter. (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <1>:  nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <2>:  nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter <3>:  nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter:      nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter:  nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter:  nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <1>:      nfs_retry_interval Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <2>:      nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval Parameter <3>:      nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval Parameter:          nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter:      nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter:   nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter:      nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* nfs_vers Parameter:                    nfs_vers Parameter.  (line   6)
* nfsl, filesystem type:                 NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
* nfsx, filesystem type:                 Network Filesystem Group.
                                                              (line   6)
* NIS (YP) domain name:                  -y Option.           (line   6)
* NIS (YP) maps:                         NIS maps.            (line   6)
* NIS+ maps:                             NIS+ maps.           (line   6)
* nis_domain Parameter:                  nis_domain Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Nodes generated on a restart:          Inheritance Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Non-blocking operation:                Non-blocking Operation.
                                                              (line   6)
* normalize_hostnames Parameter:         normalize_hostnames Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* normalize_slashes Parameter:           normalize_slashes Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Normalizing hostnames:                 -n Option.           (line   6)
* Null Filesystem:                       Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
* nullfs, filesystem type:               Null Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Obtaining the source code:             Distrib.             (line   6)
* Operating System name:                 -O Option.           (line   6)
* Operating System version:              -o Option.           (line   6)
* Operational principles:                Operational Principles.
                                                              (line   6)
* opts, FSinfo filesystems option:       FSinfo opts Option.  (line   6)
* opts, mount option:                    opts Option.         (line   6)
* os Parameter:                          os Parameter.        (line   6)
* os Selector Variable:                  os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* os, FSinfo host attribute:             FSinfo os Option.    (line   6)
* os, mount selector:                    os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* osver Parameter:                       osver Parameter.     (line   6)
* osver Selector Variable:               osver Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* osver, mount selector:                 osver Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Overriding defaults on the command line: Amd Command Line Options.
                                                              (line   6)
* Overriding or adding options to a mount: addopts Option.    (line   6)
* Overriding the default mount point:    fs Option.           (line   6)
* Overriding the local domain name:      -d Option.           (line   6)
* Overriding the NIS (YP) domain name:   -y Option.           (line   6)
* Passing parameters to the mount system call: opts Option.   (line   6)
* passno, FSinfo filesystems option:     FSinfo passno Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* Password file maps:                    Password maps.       (line   6)
* path Selector Variable:                path Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* path, mount selector:                  path Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Pathname operators:                    Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* pawd:                                  pawd.                (line   6)
* pcfs, filesystem type:                 Floppy Filesystem.   (line   6)
* Picking up existing mounts:            -r Option.           (line   6)
* pid file, creating with -p option:     -p Option.           (line   6)
* PID; Amd:                              Amq -p option.       (line   6)
* pid_file Parameter:                    pid_file Parameter.  (line   6)
* plock Parameter:                       plock Parameter.     (line   6)
* plock; using:                          -S Option.           (line   6)
* portmap_program Parameter:             portmap_program Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* preferred_amq_port Parameter:          preferred_amq_port Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Primary server:                        delay Option.        (line   6)
* print_pid Parameter:                   print_pid Parameter. (line   6)
* print_version Parameter:               print_version Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Process id:                            -p Option.           (line   6)
* process id of Amd daemon:              -p Option.           (line   6)
* Process ID; Amd:                       Amq -p option.       (line   6)
* Program filesystem:                    Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
* program, filesystem type:              Program Filesystem.  (line   6)
* Querying an alternate host:            Amq -h option.       (line   6)
* quiet, FSinfo command line option:     -q FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* redhat-ctl-amd:                        redhat-ctl-amd.      (line   6)
* Referencing an existing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* Referencing an existing part of the name space if target exists: NFS-Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Referencing part of the local name space: Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Regular expressions in maps:           Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* remopts, mount option:                 remopts Option.      (line   6)
* Replacement volumes:                   Volume Naming.       (line   6)
* Replicated volumes:                    Volume Naming.       (line   6)
* Resetting the Amd log file:            Amq -l option.       (line   6)
* Resolving aliased hostnames:           -n Option.           (line   6)
* restart_mounts Parameter:              restart_mounts Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Restarting Amd:                        Restarting Amd.      (line   6)
* Restarting existing mounts:            -r Option.           (line   6)
* rfs, mount option <1>:                 Loopback Filesystem. (line  16)
* rfs, mount option:                     Network Filesystem.  (line  16)
* rhost, mount option:                   Network Filesystem.  (line  10)
* Root filesystem:                       Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
* root, filesystem type:                 Root Filesystem.     (line   6)
* RPC Program numbers; Amd:              Amq -P option.       (line   6)
* RPC retries:                           Non-blocking Operation.
                                                              (line   6)
* Run-time administration:               Run-time Administration.
                                                              (line   6)
* Running multiple Amd:                  Amq -P option.       (line   6)
* rwho servers:                          rwho servers.        (line   6)
* search_path Parameter:                 search_path Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Secondary server:                      delay Option.        (line   6)
* sel, FSinfo mount option:              FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
* Selecting specific log messages:       -x Option.           (line   6)
* Selector; arch:                        arch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; autodir:                     autodir Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; byte:                        byte Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; cluster:                     cluster Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; domain:                      domain Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; exists:                      exists Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; false:                       false Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; full_os:                     full_os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; gid:                         gid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; host:                        host Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; hostd:                       hostd Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; in_network:                  in_network Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; karch:                       karch Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; key:                         key Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; map:                         map Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; netgrp:                      netgrp Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; netgrpd:                     netgrpd Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; netnumber:                   netnumber Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; network:                     network Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; os:                          os Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; osver:                       osver Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; path:                        path Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; true:                        true Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; uid:                         uid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; vendor:                      vendor Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; wire:                        wire Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selector; xhost:                       xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* Selectors:                             Selectors.           (line   6)
* selectors on default:                  /defaults with selectors.
                                                              (line   6)
* selectors_in_defaults Parameter:       selectors_in_defaults Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Server crashes:                        Keep-alives.         (line   6)
* Setting a delay on a mount location:   delay Option.        (line   6)
* Setting additional options on a mount location: addopts Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* Setting Amd's RPC parameters:          -t Option.           (line   6)
* Setting debug flags:                   -D Option.           (line   6)
* Setting default map parameters:        Map Defaults.        (line   6)
* Setting map cache parameters:          Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Setting map options:                   Map Options.         (line   6)
* Setting system mount options:          opts Option.         (line   6)
* Setting system mount options for non-local networks: remopts Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* Setting the Amd log file via Amq:      Amq -l option.       (line   6)
* Setting the cluster name:              -C Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the default mount directory:   -a Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the filesystem type option:    type Option.         (line   6)
* Setting the interval before a filesystem times out: -c Option.
                                                              (line   6)
* Setting the interval between unmount attempts: -w Option.   (line   6)
* Setting the Kernel architecture:       -k Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the local domain name:         -d Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the local mount point:         fs Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the log file:                  -l Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the NIS (YP) domain name:      -y Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the operating system architecture: -A Option.       (line   6)
* Setting the Operating System name:     -O Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the Operating System version:  -o Option.           (line   6)
* Setting the sublink option:            sublink Option.      (line   6)
* shared libraries:                      Supported Platforms. (line   6)
* Shared Memory and Swap Filesystem:     Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Sharing a fileserver between architectures: Architecture Sharing.
                                                              (line   6)
* show_statfs_entries Parameter:         show_statfs_entries Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* SIGHUP signal:                         Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* SIGINT signal:                         Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
* SIGTERM signal:                        Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
* Single-Host Mail Spool Directory:      Single-Host Mail Spool Directory.
                                                              (line   6)
* Source code distribution:              Distrib.             (line   6)
* Starting Amd:                          Starting Amd.        (line   6)
* Statically mounts filesystems, FSinfo: FSinfo static mounts.
                                                              (line   6)
* Statistics:                            Amq -s option.       (line   6)
* Stopping Amd:                          Stopping Amd.        (line   6)
* Stripping the local domain name:       Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* sublink:                               Filesystems and Volumes.
                                                              (line   6)
* sublink, mount option:                 sublink Option.      (line   6)
* sun_map_syntax Parameter:              sun_map_syntax Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Supported Platforms:                   Supported Platforms. (line   6)
* Symbolic link filesystem:              Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Symbolic link filesystem II:           Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* Symlink if target exists, NFS otherwise: NFS-Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* symlink, link filesystem type:         Symbolic Link Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* symlink, linkx filesystem type:        Symbolic Link Filesystem II.
                                                              (line   6)
* symlink, nfsl filesystem type:         NFS-Link Filesystem. (line   6)
* Synchronizing the map cache:           Automount Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* syslog:                                -l Option.           (line   6)
* syslog facility; specifying an alternate: -l Option.        (line  13)
* syslog priorities:                     -x Option.           (line   6)
* tag Parameter:                         tag Parameter.       (line   6)
* Tags for Amd configuration file:       -T Option.           (line   6)
* TCP <1>:                               nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* TCP:                                   nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* TCP; using with Amq:                   Amq -T option.       (line   6)
* tfs, filesystem type:                  Translucent Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* The mount system call:                 opts Option.         (line   6)
* tmpfs, filesystem type:                Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Top level filesystem:                  Top-level Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* toplvl, filesystem type:               Top-level Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* Translucent Filesystem:                Translucent Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* true Selector Function:                true Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* true, boolean mount selector:          true Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* truncate_log Parameter:                truncate_log Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* type, mount option:                    type Option.         (line   6)
* Types of configuration map:            Map Types.           (line   6)
* Types of filesystem:                   Filesystem Types.    (line   6)
* Types of mount map:                    Map Types.           (line   6)
* udf, filesystem type:                  UDF Filesystem.      (line   6)
* UDP <1>:                               nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* UDP <2>:                               nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* UDP <3>:                               nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* UDP:                                   nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* UDP; using with Amq:                   Amq -U option.       (line   6)
* UFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* ufs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* uid Selector Variable:                 uid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* uid, mount selector:                   uid Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* umapfs, filesystem type:               User ID Mapping Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* umount, mount option:                  Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
* Union file maps:                       Union maps.          (line   6)
* Union filesystem:                      Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
* union, filesystem type:                Union Filesystem.    (line   6)
* Unix filesystem:                       Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* Unix namespace:                        Volume Binding.      (line   6)
* unmount attempt backoff interval:      -w Option.           (line   6)
* unmount, mount option:                 Program Filesystem.  (line  17)
* unmount_on_exit Parameter:             unmount_on_exit Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* Unmounting a filesystem <1>:           Amq -q option.       (line   6)
* Unmounting a filesystem:               Amq -u option.       (line   6)
* use_tcpwrappers Parameter:             use_tcpwrappers Parameter.
                                                              (line   6)
* User filesystems:                      User Filesystems.    (line   6)
* User ID Mapping Filesystem:            User ID Mapping Filesystem.
                                                              (line   6)
* User maps, automatic generation:       Password maps.       (line   6)
* Using FSinfo:                          Using FSinfo.        (line   6)
* Using Hlfsd:                           Using Hlfsd.         (line   6)
* Using syslog to log errors:            -l Option.           (line   6)
* Using the password file as a map:      Password maps.       (line   6)
* Variable expansion:                    Variable Expansion.  (line   6)
* vendor Parameter:                      vendor Parameter.    (line   6)
* vendor Selector Variable:              vendor Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* vendor, mount selector:                vendor Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* verbose, FSinfo command line option:   -v FSinfo Option.    (line   6)
* Version information:                   -v Option.           (line   6)
* Version information at run-time:       Amq -v option.       (line   6)
* volname, FSinfo mount option:          FSinfo mount Option. (line   6)
* Volume:                                Filesystems and Volumes.
                                                              (line   6)
* Volume binding:                        Volume Binding.      (line   6)
* Volume names:                          Volume Naming.       (line   6)
* wait4amd:                              wait4amd.            (line   6)
* wait4amd2die:                          wait4amd2die.        (line   6)
* Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?:  Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?.
                                                              (line   6)
* Wildcards in maps:                     Key Lookup.          (line   6)
* wire Selector Variable:                wire Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* wire, mount selector:                  wire Selector Variable.
                                                              (line   6)
* wire-test:                             wire-test.           (line   6)
* XFS:                                   Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* xfs, filesystem type:                  Unix Filesystem.     (line   6)
* xhost Selector Function:               xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* xhost, boolean mount selector:         xhost Selector Function.
                                                              (line   6)
* YP domain name:                        -y Option.           (line   6)



Tag Table:
Node: Top145
Node: License2303
Node: Distrib3950
Node: AddInfo5049
Node: Intro8809
Node: History9944
Node: Overview12509
Node: Fundamentals13810
Node: Filesystems and Volumes14591
Node: Volume Naming15418
Node: Volume Binding16683
Node: Operational Principles17897
Node: Mounting a Volume19244
Node: Automatic Unmounting20987
Node: Keep-alives22266
Node: Non-blocking Operation24564
Node: Supported Platforms25690
Node: Mount Maps26321
Node: Map Types27153
Node: File maps28828
Node: ndbm maps30364
Node: NIS maps31049
Node: NIS+ maps32526
Node: Hesiod maps32796
Node: Password maps33756
Node: Union maps34694
Node: LDAP maps35301
Node: Executable maps36689
Node: Key Lookup37590
Node: Location Format38903
Node: Map Defaults41644
Node: Variable Expansion42272
Node: Selectors45224
Node: arch Selector Variable47256
Node: autodir Selector Variable47692
Node: byte Selector Variable48027
Node: cluster Selector Variable48513
Node: domain Selector Variable48987
Node: dollar Selector Variable49294
Node: host Selector Variable49786
Node: hostd Selector Variable50407
Node: karch Selector Variable50797
Node: os Selector Variable51397
Node: osver Selector Variable51802
Node: full_os Selector Variable52223
Node: vendor Selector Variable52676
Node: key Selector Variable53323
Node: map Selector Variable53839
Node: netnumber Selector Variable54076
Node: network Selector Variable54593
Node: path Selector Variable55107
Node: wire Selector Variable55401
Node: uid Selector Variable55900
Node: gid Selector Variable56661
Node: exists Selector Function57207
Node: false Selector Function57527
Node: netgrp Selector Function57776
Node: netgrpd Selector Function59585
Node: in_network Selector Function60271
Node: true Selector Function61570
Node: xhost Selector Function61818
Node: Map Options62212
Node: addopts Option62957
Node: delay Option64173
Node: fs Option64720
Node: opts Option66591
Node: remopts Option78429
Node: sublink Option79315
Node: type Option79677
Node: Amd Command Line Options79899
Node: -a Option82797
Node: -c Option83150
Node: -d Option83795
Node: -k Option84338
Node: -l Option84882
Node: -n Option87212
Node: -o Option87628
Node: -p Option88090
Node: -r Option88519
Node: -t Option88718
Node: -v Option89408
Node: -w Option91471
Node: -x Option91776
Node: -y Option93754
Node: -A Option94093
Node: -C Option94424
Node: -D Option95075
Node: -F Option96903
Node: -H Option97621
Node: -O Option97788
Node: -S Option98253
Node: -T Option98880
Node: Filesystem Types99223
Node: Network Filesystem101589
Node: Network Host Filesystem103237
Node: Network Filesystem Group105336
Node: Unix Filesystem107106
Node: Caching Filesystem108272
Node: CD-ROM Filesystem110198
Node: UDF Filesystem110818
Node: Loopback Filesystem111460
Node: Memory/RAM Filesystem112395
Node: Null Filesystem112838
Node: Floppy Filesystem113202
Node: Translucent Filesystem113722
Node: Shared Memory+Swap Filesystem114066
Node: User ID Mapping Filesystem114628
Node: Program Filesystem115015
Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem118137
Node: Symbolic Link Filesystem II119415
Node: NFS-Link Filesystem120030
Node: Automount Filesystem121569
Node: Direct Automount Filesystem125717
Node: Union Filesystem127414
Node: Error Filesystem128926
Node: Top-level Filesystem129447
Node: Root Filesystem129862
Node: Inheritance Filesystem130373
Node: Amd Configuration File131410
Node: File Format131923
Node: The Global Section133390
Node: Regular Map Sections133998
Node: Common Parameters134402
Node: autofs_use_lofs Parameter135162
Node: browsable_dirs Parameter136428
Node: map_defaults Parameter137377
Node: map_options Parameter137917
Node: map_type Parameter138246
Node: mount_type Parameter139063
Node: search_path Parameter139491
Node: selectors_in_defaults Parameter139935
Node: sun_map_syntax Parameter140705
Node: Global Parameters140997
Node: arch Parameter142847
Node: auto_attrcache Parameter143158
Node: auto_dir Parameter146674
Node: cache_duration Parameter147026
Node: cluster Parameter147374
Node: debug_mtab_file Parameter147678
Node: debug_options Parameter148095
Node: dismount_interval Parameter148870
Node: domain_strip Parameter149259
Node: exec_map_timeout Parameter149802
Node: forced_unmounts Parameter150477
Node: full_os Parameter152388
Node: fully_qualified_hosts Parameter152950
Node: hesiod_base Parameter153479
Node: karch Parameter153756
Node: ldap_base Parameter154396
Node: ldap_cache_maxmem Parameter154728
Node: ldap_cache_seconds Parameter155046
Node: ldap_hostports Parameter155361
Node: ldap_proto_version Parameter155653
Node: local_domain Parameter155989
Node: localhost_address Parameter156448
Node: log_file Parameter157031
Node: log_options Parameter158139
Node: map_reload_interval Parameter159138
Node: nfs_allow_any_interface Parameter159602
Node: nfs_allow_insecure_port Parameter160233
Node: nfs_proto Parameter161162
Node: nfs_retransmit_counter Parameter161854
Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_udp Parameter162346
Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_tcp Parameter162773
Node: nfs_retransmit_counter_toplvl Parameter163207
Node: nfs_retry_interval Parameter163789
Node: nfs_retry_interval_udp Parameter164625
Node: nfs_retry_interval_tcp Parameter165023
Node: nfs_retry_interval_toplvl Parameter165428
Node: nfs_vers Parameter165975
Node: nis_domain Parameter166648
Node: normalize_hostnames Parameter167095
Node: normalize_slashes Parameter167557
Node: os Parameter168111
Node: osver Parameter168653
Node: pid_file Parameter169207
Node: plock Parameter169787
Node: portmap_program Parameter170471
Node: preferred_amq_port Parameter171272
Node: print_pid Parameter171881
Node: print_version Parameter172200
Node: restart_mounts Parameter172632
Node: show_statfs_entries Parameter173076
Node: truncate_log Parameter173530
Node: unmount_on_exit Parameter174014
Node: use_tcpwrappers Parameter174561
Node: vendor Parameter175731
Node: Regular Map Parameters176176
Node: map_name Parameter176488
Node: tag Parameter176751
Node: amd.conf Examples177226
Node: Run-time Administration178734
Node: Starting Amd178981
Node: Stopping Amd179836
Node: Restarting Amd180642
Node: Controlling Amd181880
Node: Amq default183366
Node: Amq -f option185336
Node: Amq -h option185788
Node: Amq -H option186158
Node: Amq -l option186352
Node: Amq -m option186792
Node: Amq -p option187956
Node: Amq -P option188347
Node: Amq -q option189025
Node: Amq -s option189280
Node: Amq -T option190372
Node: Amq -U option190698
Node: Amq -u option191019
Node: Amq -v option191636
Node: Amq -w option191878
Node: Other Amq options192214
Node: FSinfo192811
Node: FSinfo Overview193548
Node: Using FSinfo194732
Node: FSinfo Grammar196441
Node: FSinfo host definitions197807
Node: FSinfo host attributes198924
Node: FSinfo netif Option200098
Node: FSinfo config Option200925
Node: FSinfo arch Option201369
Node: FSinfo os Option201746
Node: FSinfo cluster Option202143
Node: FSinfo filesystems202512
Node: FSinfo fstype Option205510
Node: FSinfo opts Option206290
Node: FSinfo passno Option206583
Node: FSinfo freq Option206906
Node: FSinfo mount Option207205
Node: FSinfo dumpset Option209305
Node: FSinfo log Option209586
Node: FSinfo static mounts209846
Node: FSinfo automount definitions211521
Node: FSinfo Command Line Options214745
Node: -a FSinfo Option216384
Node: -b FSinfo Option216772
Node: -d FSinfo Option217473
Node: -e FSinfo Option218089
Node: -f FSinfo Option218874
Node: -h FSinfo Option219483
Node: -m FSinfo Option219870
Node: -q FSinfo Option220449
Node: -v FSinfo Option220724
Node: -D-FSinfo Option221140
Node: -I FSinfo Option221441
Node: -U FSinfo Option221748
Node: FSinfo errors221973
Node: Hlfsd228568
Node: Introduction to Hlfsd230285
Node: Background to Mail Delivery235005
Node: Single-Host Mail Spool Directory235504
Node: Centralized Mail Spool Directory236594
Ref: Centralized Mail Spool Directory-Footnote-1239444
Ref: Centralized Mail Spool Directory-Footnote-2239752
Node: Distributed Mail Spool Service239870
Node: Why Deliver Into the Home Directory?243158
Node: Using Hlfsd245707
Node: Controlling Hlfsd245897
Node: Hlfsd Options247824
Node: Hlfsd Files252624
Node: Assorted Tools253540
Node: am-eject254044
Node: amd.conf-sample254295
Node: amd2ldif254506
Node: amd2sun254764
Node: automount2amd255007
Node: ctl-amd256318
Node: ctl-hlfsd256810
Node: fix-amd-map257344
Node: fixmount257853
Node: fixrmtab258270
Node: lostaltmail258562
Node: lostaltmail.conf-sample259324
Node: mk-amd-map259741
Node: pawd260036
Node: redhat-ctl-amd260764
Node: wait4amd261304
Node: wait4amd2die262417
Node: wire-test262977
Node: Examples264066
Node: User Filesystems264374
Node: Home Directories267536
Node: Architecture Sharing270539
Node: Wildcard Names272136
Node: rwho servers273442
Node: /vol274187
Node: /defaults with selectors276777
Node: /tftpboot in a chroot-ed environment277633
Node: Internals281908
Node: Log Messages282247
Node: Fatal errors282966
Node: Info messages286476
Node: Acknowledgments & Trademarks289108
Node: Index290804

End Tag Table
